V 


GIFT  OF 


\A+     «UX/- 

r 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS 
UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS 


TOGETHER  WITH 

UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  COMMON  TO  BOTH 
U.  S.  NAVY  AND  MARINE  CORPS 


HEADQUARTERS 
UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS 

1912 


.REVISED  1917  TO  INCLUDE  THE 
FOLLOWING  CHANGES: 

No.  1  February  3,  1915 

No.  2 August  26,  1915 

No.  3 January  29,  1916 

No.  4 December  26,  1916 

No.  5  April  13,  1917 

No.  6 April  14,  1917 

No.  7  May  2,  1917 

No.  8    - May  12,  1917 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1917 


HEADQUARTERS  U.  S.  MARINE  CORPS, 

Washington,  November  29,  1912. 

The  regulations  contained  in  the  "  Uniform  Regulations  United 
States  Marine  Corps,  1912,"  shall  govern  the  uniform  of  the  officers 
and  enlisted  men  of  the  United  States  Marine  Corps. 

The  changes  necessary  to  make  former  uniform  and  equipment  of 
officers  conform  thereto  will  be  made  as  soon  as  practicable  and  be 
completed  not  later  than  January  1,  1914,  after  which  date  uniform 
or  equipment  that  does  not  conform  to  these  regulations  shall  not 
be  worn;  except  that  officers  who  now  have  cloaks  or  capes  in  proper 
condition  and  a  few  inches  shorter  than  required  by  these  regulations, 
but  otherwise  in  accordance  therewith,  may  continue  to  wear  them 
after  that  date. 

The  overcoat  and  the  winter  field  uniform  therein  prescribed  will  be 
provided  by  officers  as  soon  as  practicable,  and  not  later  than  Jan- 
uary 1,  1914. 

The  issue  of  the  overcoat  and  the  winter  field  uniform  to  the  enlisted 
men  of  the  Marine  Corps  and  the  necessary  alterations  in  their  dress 
uniforms  will  be  made  as  soon  as  practicable. 

W.  P.  BIDDLE, 
Major  General  Commandant. 

Approved : 

BEEKMAN  WINTHROP, 

Acting  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page. 
CHAPTER  1. — General  uniform  regulations  governing  both  Navy  and  Marine 

Corps 5 

2. — Occasions  on  which  each  uniform  is  to  be  worn 17 

3. — General  regulations  governing  uniform  of  officers  and  enlisted 

men  of  the  Marine  Corps 25 

4 . — Description  of  the  several  uniforms  of  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps .  27 
5. — Description  of  garments  and  articles  of  equipment  of  officers  of 

the  Marine  Corps 32 

6. — List  of  articles  of  uniform  and  equipment  with  which  each  officer 

of  the  Marine  Corps  is  required  to  be  provided 62 

7. — Description  of  the  several  uniforms  of  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine 

Corps,  except  members  of  the  Marine  Band 64 

8. — Description  of  garments  and  articles  of  equipment  of  enlisted  men 

of  the  Marine  Corps,  except  members  of  the  Marine  Band ....  66 
9. — Instructions  for  marking  clothing  and  equipments  of  enlisted 

men  of  the  Marine  Corps 80 

10. — Description  of  the  several  uniforms  of  members  of  the  Marine 

Band 81 

11. — Description  of  the  garments  and  articles  of  equipment  of  mem- 
bers of  the  Marine  Band 83 

12. — Instructions  for  packing  knapsacks  and  blanket  rolls 93 

3 


363275 


CHAPTER  I. 

GENERAL  UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  GOVERNING  BOTH  NAVY 
AND    MARINE    CORPS. 

1.  Officers  in  authority  shall  assure  themselves  that  all  officers 
and  enlisted  men  serving  under  them  conform  strictly  to  these  uni- 
form regulations.     Particular  attention  is  directed  to  the  questions 
concerning  uniform  required  to  be  answered  in  making  out  reports 
on  the  fitness  of  officers. 

2.  Officers  shall  set  an  example  of  neatness  and  strict  conformity 
to  regulations  in  uniforms  and  equipment.     Enlisted  men  must  be 
neat  and  trim  hi  their  persons  and  dress  on  all  occasions. 

3.  Every  person  belonging  to  the  Navy  or  Marine  Corps  is  strictly 
forbidden  to  wear  any  dress  or  decoration  other  than  that  to  which 
his  grade  or  the  law  entitles  him.     No  decoration  received  from  a 
foreign  Government,  nor  any  other  decoration  or  badge  not  specif- 
ically prescribed  or  authorized  by  these  regulations,  shall  be  worn 
exposed  by  any  officer  or  enlisted  man. 

4.  Officers  and  enlisted  men  on  duty  shall  at  all  times  wear  the 
uniform  of  their  respective  grades,  as  prescribed  herein  or  by  the 
senior  officer  present,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in  these  regula- 
tions. 

5.  Officers  serving  on  board  torpedo  vessels  and  submarines  are 
not  required  to  wear  or  carry  with  them  other  uniforms  than  service 
dress  or  white  service  dress. 

6.  Officers  serving  under  acting  commissions  in  time  of  War  or  for 
other  special  purposes,  acting  assistant  surgeons  appointed  for  three 
years'  service  hi  the  Navy,  and  acting  assistant  dental  surgeons  are 
required  to  provide  themselves  only  with  the  articles  of  uniform 
prescribed  for  service  dress  and  white  service  dress. 

7.  Officers  of  the  Naval  Medical  Reserve  Corps  ordered  to-  active 
duty  shall  be  required  to  provide  themselves  only  with  the  articles 
of  uniform  prescribed  for  undress,  service  dress,  and  white  service 
dress. 

8.  Chiefs  of  bureaus  of  the  Navy  Department,  upon  occasions 
when  uniform  is  worn,  shall  wear  uniforms  bearing  the  equipments 
and  rank  insignia  denoting  the  rank  of  rear  admiral  and  the  distinc- 
tive devices  of  the  corps  to  which  they  respectively  belong. 

9.  An  officer  holding  an  acting  appointment  shall  wear  the  uniform 
of  the  grade  to  which  he  is  appointed  until  such  appointment  be 
revoked,  when  he  shall  resume  the  uniform  and  title  of  his  actual 
rank. 

5 


6  UNIFORM   nEGULATVC'T^  UNITED   STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

10.  An  offx'er  promoted  ma «  be  authorized  or  ordered  by  a  com- 
mander in  chief  or  other  officer  in  chief  command  afloat  or  at  a  shore 
station,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  a  vessel  acting  singly,  if  satisfied 
that  the  promotion  has  been  made,  to  assume  the  rank  and  uniform 
of  the  grade  to  which  he  has  been  promoted. 

11.  During  divine  service  a  chaplain  may  wear  the  vestments  of 
the  church  to  which  he  belongs. 

12.  Officers  on  the  retired  list  on  active  duty  shall  conform  to 
these  regulations  the  same  in  all  respects  as  officers  on  the  active 
list;  if  not  on  duty,  they  are  not  required  to  wear  or  have  uniform, 
but  they  may  wear  uniform  in  conformity  with  these  regulations, 
except  that  in  pattern  their  uniforms  and  equipments  may  be  either 
as  prescribed  herein  or  as  at  the  time  of  their  retirement. 

13.  Officers  suspended  from  duty  by  sentence  of  a  court-martial, 
or  on  furlough  or  waiting  orders  for  punishment,  are  prohibited  from 
wearing  uniform  during  the  period  of  punishment. 

14.  When  on  duty,  or  when  ashore  in  a  foreign  port,  enlisted  men 
of  the  Navy  or  Marine  Corps,  whether  serving  afloat  or  ashore,  shall 
not  wear  any  dress  but  their  prescribed  uniforms.     Nonregulation 
outer  or  under  clothing  shall  not  be  worn  nor  kept  in  the  possession 
of  enlisted  men  on  board  ship  or  within  the  limits  of  a  shore  station. 

15.  Parts  of  one  uniform  shall  not  be  worn  with  parts  of  another; 
except  as  specified  in  these  regulations. 

16.  Civilian's  clothing  may  be  permitted  to  be  worn  by  officers  and 
enlisted  men  as  provided  in  the  following  paragraphs,  but  discre- 
tion must  be  observed  in  granting  this  privilege  in  foreign  ports: 

(a)  Officers  may  be  authorized  to  wear  civilian's  clothing  when 
on  duty  at  the  Navy  Department,  Naval  Observatory,  or  Marine 
Corps  headquarters,  or  when  employed  on  shore  duty  without  troops 
other  than  at  navy  yards,  shore  stations,  and  recruiting  offices. 

(b)  Officers  on  leave  of  absence  from  their  places  of  duty,  or  hav- 
ing permission  to  leave  the  ship  or  station,  may  wear  civilian's  cloth- 
ing, at  the  discretion  of  the  senior  officer  present. 

(c)  Enlisted  men  may  be  permitted  to  wear  civilian's  clothing 
when  on  leave  of  absence  or  liberty  in  a  home  port,  but  they  shall 
not  be  allowed  to  have  any  articles  of  civilian's  clothing  in  their  pos- 
session on  board  ship. 

17.  With  civilian's  clothing,  officers  of  the  Navy  shall  not  wear 
any  part  of  the  uniform  except  the  overcoat,  cloak,  or  mackintosh. 
Officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  shall  not  wear  any  part  of  the  uniform 
with  civilian's  clothing  except  the  raincoat  or  cape.     Enlisted  men 
of  the  Navy  shall  not  wear  any  part  of  the  uniform  with  civilian's 
clothing    except    the    overcoat,    jersey,    underclothing,    and    shoes; 
enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  none  except  underclothing  and 
shoes. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.  7 

18.  The  uniform  for  officers  and  men  for  the  day  or  for  any  par- 
ticular occasion  shall  be  fixed  by  the  senior  officer  present,  with  due 
regard  to  the  duty  to  be  performed  and  the  state  of  the  weather  and, 
as  far  as  may  be  practicable,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
chapter  2  of  these  regulations.     In  any  special  case  not  definitely 
covered  by  chapter  2  the  senior  officer  present  shall  be  guided  in 
assigning  the  uniform  by  the  general  principles  laid  down  in  that 
chapter.     As  far  as  practicable,  the  officers  and  men  shaU  wear  corre- 
sponding uniforms.     As  a  matter  of  routine,  the  uniform  at  posts  and 
barracks  of  the  Marine  Corps  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

19.  In  the  fleet  the  uniform  of  the  day  prescribed  by  the  senior 
officer  present  shall  be  worn  by  officers  of  the  watch;  by  all  petty 
officers,  signalmen,  and  others  on  watch  above  decks,  and  by  running 
boats',  steamers',  and  power  boats'  crews;  by  all  persons  above  deck 
at  "all  hands"  when  going  in  or  out  of  port,  and  generally  by  ah1 
officers  and  men  above  decks  and  in  common  living  spaces;  but 
commanding  officers  may  prescribe  or  permit  working  dress  for 
other  persons,  as  may  be  most  suitable  to  the  exercise  or  duty  of  the 
ship  at  the  tune. 

20.  On  all  occasions  of  ceremony  or  duty,  and  on  social  occasions 
when  officers  attend  in  an  official  capacity,  uniform  shall  be  worn. 

21.  On  board  saluting  ships  mess  dress  or  evening  dress  shah1  be 
worn  at  dinner,  when  not  at  sea,  in  the  messes  of  commissioned 
officers.     All  the  members  of  any  one  mess  shall  appear  in  the  same 
dress.     After  dinner,  officers  not  on  duty  may  appear  on  deck  in  the 
dress  worn  at  mess  or  in  service  dress — blue  or  white.     The  com- 
manding officer  may  substitute  the  uniform  of  the  day  to  be  worn  at 
dinner  on  account  of  coaling  ship  or  other  special  circumstances, 
including  those  under  which  adequate  laundry  facilities  are  lacking. 

22.  Officers  on  duty  with  enlisted  men  under  arms  on  shore  shall 
ordinarily  wear  service  dress  (undress  or  field  dress  for  officers  of  the 
Marine  Corps).     On  occasions  of  special  ceremony,  when  special  full 
dress  or  full  dress  is  prescribed  for  other  officers  present,  officers  of 
the  Navy  on  duty  with  enlisted  men  shaU  wear  undress,  with  leggings, 
and  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  shall  wear  such  uniform  as  may  be 
prescribed  for  them. 

23.  Leggings  shall  always  be  worn  by  officers  and  enlisted  men  of 
the  Navy  when  on  duty  in  the  field  or  with  a  naval  brigade  or  landing 
party,  but  never  by  naval  or  marine  officers  in  special  full  dress  or 
full  dress.     Marines  shall  not  wear  leggings  at  ordinary  drills  under 
arms  unless  specified,  but  when  marines  form  part  of  a  mixed  landing 
force,  leggings  for  marines  shall  be  expressly  specified  if  the  rest 
wear  them. 


8  UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

24.  Leggings  shall  always  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy 
with  any  form  of  dress  when  under  arms  for  parade  or  ceremony,  or 
infantry  or  artillery  drill,  or  a  landing  party,  or  on  guard  detail,  or 
when  on  duty  ashore  as  patrol  or  beachmaster's  guard,  or  as  mail 
orderly.     With  leggings,  high  black  shoes  shall  be  worn  by  naval 
officers  and  enlisted  men. 

25.  (a)  Swords  shall  be  worn  as  prescribed  in  these  regulations 
and  on  other  special  occasions  at  the  discretion  of  the  senior  officer 
present,  at  Saturday  inspection  and  other  general  inspections  of  the 
crew  by  the  commanding  officer,  at  parades,  at  infantry  or  artillery 
drills,  at  military  formations,  or  when  leaving  the  ship,  station,  or 
garrison  on  military  duty. 

(b)  The  wearing  of  swords  may  be  dispensed  with  in  the  field  by 
order  of  the  senior  officer  present. 

(c)  The  sword  shall  be  worn  habitually  hooked  up,  with  the  hilt 
inclined  to  the  rear  and  the  sling  straps  outside  the  scabbard.     When 
mounted,  the  sword  shall  be  worn  unhooked.     The  prescribed  sword 
belt  and  the  proper  sword  knot  (for  all  commissioned  officers  except 
chaplains)  shall  always  be  worn  with  the  sword. 

(d)  When  the  sword  is  worn  without  other  side  arms,  the  sword 
belt  shall  be  worn  over  the  special  full-dress  coat  and  frock  coats  of 
officers  of  the  Navy,  and  over  the  full-dress  coat  and  field  coats  of 
officers  of  the  Marine  Corps.     It  shall  be  worn  under  the  service 
coats  of  officers  of  the  Navy  and  undress  coats  of  officers  of  the 
Marine  Corps. 

(e)  When  \vorn  with  the  overcoat  without  other  side  arms,  the  belt 
shall  be  worn  under  the  overcoat,  but  the  sword  itself  shall  be  worn 
outside  of  the  overcoat,  with  the  long  sling  of  the  belt  passing  through 
the  rear  slit  in  the  coat  and  the  short  sling  through  the  side  slit. 

(/)  When  the  revolver  is  carried,  the  belt  shall  be  worn  outside  of 
every  coat,  including  the  overcoat,  the  revolver  being  worn  slightly 
in  front  of  the  right  hip.  The  cartridge  attachments  worn  with  the 
sword  belt  shall  be  wrorn  in  front  and  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  belt 
buckle.  If  only  one  cartridge  attachment  be  worn,  it  shall  be  to  the 
right  of  the  buckle. 

(g)  When  the  sword  is  worn  with  the  Navy  evening  dress  coat, 
the  belt  shall  be  worn  under  the  waistcoat. 

(7i)  Officers  or  men  wearing  side  arms  shall  not  remove  their  caps 
or  other  head  covering  except  indoors. 

(i)  A  petty  officer  on  boat  duty,  in  charge  of  a  guard  boat,  or  on 
other  special  duty  shall  wear  the  service  revolver  belt,  but  this  pro- 
vision shall  not  apply  to  the  coxwain  of  a  boat  unless  the  boat's 
crew  is  armed. 

26.  No  watch  chains,  fobs,  pins,  or  other  jewelry  shall  be  worn 
exposed  upon  the  uniform  by  any  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the  Navy 
or  Marine  Corps,  except  sleeve  buttons  and  shirt  studs  as  prescribed. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.  9 

27.  (1)  Medals  and  badges,  or  their  ribbons,  shall  be  worn  by  all 
persons  for  whom  they  have  been  authorized,  in  the  following  order, 
from  the  center  of  the  body  toward  the  left  shoulder,  except  the 
medal  of  honor,  which  shall  be  worn  pendent  from  the  neck. 

(Pis.  41-44.) 

(a)  Medal  of  honor  ribbon. 

(b)  Distinguished  service  medal.1 

(c)  Medal  commemorating  the  Battle  of  Manila  Bay. 

(d)  Medal  commemorating  the  naval  engagements  in  the  West  Indies. 

(e)  Special  meritorious  medal  for  service  during  the  Spanish  War, 
other  than  in  battle. 

(/)  Civil  War  badge. 

(g)  Spanish  campaign  badge. 

(7i)  Philippine  campaign  badge. 

(i)  China  relief  expedition  badge. 

(j)  Gold  life-saving  medal. 

(k)  Silver  life-saving  medal. 

(1)  Cuban  pacification  badge. 
(m)  Good-conduct  medal. 

(n)  Medals  or  badges  awarded  for  service  performed  while  in  the 
Army,  Marine  Corps,  or  other  branch  of  the  Government,  if  not 
included  among  those  specified  above. 

(o)  Medals  or  badges  for  excellence  in  gunnery. 

(p)  Medals  or  badges  for  excellence  in  small-arms  firing,  in  the  fol- 
lowing order:  (1)  Sharpshooter's  medal;  (2)  expert  rifleman's  bar; 
(3)  expert  pistol  shot's  bar;  (4)  distinguished  marksman's  badge; 
(5)  expert  rifleman's  badge;  (6)  sharpshooter's  badge  (not  worn  if 
5  is  held) ;  (7)  marksman's  badge  (not  worn  if  5  or  6  is  held) ;  (8) 
Marine  Corps  competition  individual  medal;  (9)  Marine  Corps  divi- 
sion competition  medal;  (10)  medals  given  by  the  National  Rifle 
Association  for  excellence  in  shooting  at  matches  held  under  the 
cognizance  of  that  association;  worn  in  the  order  in  which  won. 

(2)  The  wearing  of  the  following  badges  (q,  r,  s)  is  optional  with 
the  holders,  but  if  these  or  any  of  them  are  worn,  none  of  the  medals 
or  badges  awarded  by  the  Government  shall  be  worn  at  the  same 
time  with  them: 

(q)  Authorized  badges  of  military  societies  in  the  order  of  date  of 
the  wars  which  they  commemorate. 

(r)  Badge  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Union  of  the  United  States. 
(s)  Badge  of  the  Enlisted  Men's  Abstinence  League. 

(3)  The  badges  referred  to  in  subparagraph  (q)  of  the  preceding 
paragraph  are  the  distinctive  medals  and  badges  adopted  by  societies 

i  If  authorized  by  Congress. 


10          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

of  men  who  have  served  in  the  Army  or  Navy  of  the  United  States  in 
the  War  of  the  Revolution,  the  War  of  1812,  the  Mexican  War,  the 
War  of  the  Rebellion,  the  Spanish-American  War,  and  the  incident 
insurrection  in  the  Philippines,  and  the  China  relief  expedition  of 
1900.  The  law  permits  them  to  be  worn  upon  ah1  occasions  of  cere- 
mony by  officers  and  men  of  the  Army,  Navy,  and  Marine  Corps  who 
are  members  of  said  organizations  in  their  own  right.  Persons  who 
by  right  of  inheritance  and  election  are  members  of  any  of  the  above- 
named  societies  are  members  thereof  in  their  own  right. 

(4)  Medals  and  badges  shall  be  worn— 

(a)  By  officers  of  the  Navy  with  special  full-dress  uniform. 

(b)  By  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy  with  dress  uniform  on  occasions 
of  ceremony  other  than  parades  under  arms  on  shore. 

(c)  By  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  with  special  full  dress  or  full- 
dress  uniforms;  and  with  other  uniforms  on  occasions  of  ceremony 
when  prescribed. 

(d)  By  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps  with  dress  uniform  on 
occasions  of   ceremony;  and  with  other  uniforms  on  occasions  of 
ceremony  when  prescribed. 

(5)  Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges  shall  be  worn — 

(a)  By  officers  of  the  Navy  on  the  frock  coat,  the  evening  dress 
coat,  the  mess  jacket  when  worn  with  dinner  dress,  and  the  white 
service  coat  when  worn  on  occasions  of  ceremony  in  place  of  undress, 
dress,  or  full  dress. 

(b)  By  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy  in  dress  uniform,  except  on  those 
occasions  when  medals  are  prescribed,  in  (4),  6,  above. 

(c)  By  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps,  always  with  undress,  white 
undress,  field  (except  when  the  coat  is  not  worn),  and  mess  uniforms, 
and  with  those  uniforms  only,  except  as  limited  by  subparagraph  (e) 
below. 

(d)  By  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  with  dress  when  medals 
and  badges  are  not  prescribed,  and  with  field  uniforms  (except  when 
the  coat  is  not  worn),  and  with  those  uniforms  only,  except  as  limited 
by  subparagraph  (e)  below. 

(e)  When  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps  are  serving 
on  board  a  ship  of  the  Navy  they  shall  wear  the  ribbons  of  medals 
and  badges  only  under  the  same  conditions  as  prescribed  for  officers 
and  enlisted  men,  respectively,  of  the  Navy. 

(6)  Medals  and  badges  having  no  ribbons  shall  be  worn  only  when 
other  medals  and  badges  are  worn,  except  that  an  officer  or  enlisted 
man  who  has  been  awarded  a  gunnery  medal  or  badge,  an  expert 
rifleman's  badge,  a  sharpshooter's  badge,  or  a  marksman's  badge 
shall  wear  it  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  (1)  of  this  article  when  the 
ribbons  of  medals  and  badges  are  worn,  one-fourth  of  an  inch  below 
the  center  of  the  row  of  ribbons. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS.          11 

(7)  Medals,  badges,  or  ribbons  shall  not  be  worn  on  the  overcoat. 

(8)  The  medal  of  honor  shall  be  worn  pendent  from  the  neck. 
Other  medals  and  badges  shall  be  worn  on  the  left  breast,  in  one 
horizontal  line,  suspended  from  a  single  holding  bar,  the  upper  edge 
of  which  shall  be  for  officers  of  the  Navy  and  Marine  Corps  and  for 
enlisted  men  of   the   Marine  Corps,  midway  between  the  first  and 
second  buttons  from  the  top  of  the  coat,  and  for  enlisted  men  of  the 
Navy  on  a  line  1  inch  below  the  point  of  the  shoulder  (by  the  point 
of  the  shoulder  is  meant  a  point  in  front  halfway  between  the  top 
and  the  bottom  of  the  shoulder  joint).     The  holding  bar,  which  shall 
not  be  longer  than  from  front  center  line  of  the  coat  to  the  armhole 
seam,  shall  be  so  placed  upon  the  uniform  that  its  center  shall  be  at 
a  point  midway  between  the  front  center  line  of  the  coat  and  the 
left  armhole.     When  a  medal  or  badge  has  an  exposed  bar  at  the  top 
of  the  ribbon  such  bar  shall  be  mounted  on  the  front  of  the  holding 
bar  or  shall  form  a  part  of  such  bar,  and  where  there  are  several  such 
exposed  bars  on  a  single  medal  or  badge  the  uppermost  bar  shall  be 
so  mounted.     When  the  number  of  medals  and  badges  to  be  worn 
is  so  great  that  they  can  not  all  be  suspended  from  a  holding  bar  of 
the  prescribed  length  and  at  the  same  time  be  fully  seen,  they  shall 
overlap  sufficiently  to  permit  them  all  to  be  mounted  on  the  bar, 
each  medal  or  badge  partially  covering  the  one  on  its  left,  and  the 
right-hand  one  showing  in  full,  the  overlapping  being  equal  for  all 
of  the  medals  and  badges  worn.     The  holding  bar  for  the  suspension 
of  medals  and  badges  shall  be  of  metal  or  other  material  of  sufficient 
stiffness  and  shall  be  wholly  covered  by  the  ribbons  or  exposed  bars. 

(9)  Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges  shall  be  worn  in  a  horizontal 
row,  clear  of  the  lapel  and,  so  far  as  practicable,  at  the  same  height 
and  in  the  same  order  and  manner  as  prescribed  above  for  the  bar  of 
medals  and  badges.     They  shall  be  in  length  equal  to  the  full  width 
of  the  ribbon  attached  to  the  medal  or  badge  and  three-eighths  of 
an  inch  wide  and  sewed  on  the  cloth  of  the  coat,  with  sufficient  stiffen- 
ing to  keep  them  from  wrinkling,  without  intervals,  or  worn  on  a  bar 
and  pinned  to  the  coat,  provided  no  portion  of  the  bar  and  pin  be 
visible.     If  there  is  not  sufficient  room  to  wear  the  ribbons  in  one 
row  they  shall  not  be  made  to  overlap,  as  in  the  case  of  medals,  but 
shall  be  arranged  in  two  or  more  parallel  rows,  placed  one  under  the 
other  with  an  interval  of  one-quarter  inch  between  the  bottom  of 
one  row  and  the  top  of  the  next,  the  top  row  being  placed  as  above 
described. 

(10)  Medals,  badges,  and  their  ribbons  shall  be  worn  in  the  same 
order  of  arrangement  as  provided  in  subparagraph  (1).     Medals  or 
badges  for  future  campaigns  shall  be  the  same  for  all  services  and  all 
ribbons  for  the  same  campaigns  shall  be  the  same  for  all  services. 
The  following  ribbons  have  been  adopted: 


12         UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

(a)  For  medal  of  honor,  light  blue  silk,  with  white  stars. 

(b)  For  distinguished  service  medal,  light  blue  silk,  with  white 
stars. 

(c)  For  certificate  of  merit  badge,  narrow  central  white  stripe, 
then  three  stripes,  red,  white,  and  blue  on  either  side. 

(d)  For  medals  commemorating  the  battle  of  Manila  Bay,  blue, 
yellow,  blue  with  yellow  edging. 

(e)  For  medal  commemorating  the  naval  engagements  in  the  West 
Indies,  red,  blue,  red. 

(/)  For  special  meritorious  medal  for  service  during  the  Spanish 
War  other  than  in  battle,  red. 

(g)  For  Civil  War,  two  stripes  of  watered  silk,  blue  and  gray. 

(h)  For  war  with  Spain,  blue,  yellow,  blue,  with  narrow  yellow 


(i)  For  Philippine  insurrection,  crimson,  blue,  crimson,  with  nar- 
row blue  edges. 

(y)  For  China  relief  expedition,  yellow  with  narrow  blue  edges. 

(k)  For  Cuban  pacification,  drab  center,  with  three  stripes,  red, 
white  and  blue  on  either  side. 

(I)  For  Nicaraguan  campaign,  blue,  crimson,  blue,  with  narrow 
crimson  edges. 

(m)  For  good  conduct  medal,  red,  blue,  red. 

(ri)  An  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the  Army,  Navy,  or  Marine  Corps 
shall  be  allowed  to  wear  any  medal  or  badge  awarded  him  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, during  previous  service  in  any  other  branch  of  the  Govern- 
ment. 

(o)  Rosettes  or  buttons  are  authorized  for  the  Spanish  War,  Philip- 
pine insurrection,  and  China  relief  campaign  badges,  for  optional 
wear  with  civilian  clothes,  to  consist  of  the  ribbons  of  the  respective 
medals  made  up  in  rosette  form. 

28.  The  officer  of  the  deck  shall  wear  gloves  and  carry  a  binocular 
or  spyglass  in  port;  and  at  sea  he  shall  carry  a  binocular  and  have  a 
deck  trumpet  or  megaphone  directly  at  hand. 

29.  The  cloak  or  mackintosh  may  be  worn  in  inclement  weather, 
except  at  drills,  exercises,  and  ceremonies,  or  when  specially  pro- 
hibited. 

30.  Gloves  shall  always  be  worn  with  the  sword  on  occasions  of 
ceremony,  except  by  Marine  officers  in  summer  field  dress.     The 
senior  officer  present  may  prescribe  gloves  at  any  tune. 

31.  The  badge  of  official  mourning  shaU  consist  of  a  black  crape 
band  3  inches  wide  and  about  20  inches  long  knotted  upon  the  sword 
hilt,  and  a  black  crape  band  3  inches  wide  worn  on  the  left  arm  above 
the  elbow. 

32.  The  hair,  beard,  and  mustache  shall  be  worn  neatly  trimmed. 
The  face  shall  be  kept  clean  shaved,  except  that  a  mustache,  or 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          13 

beard  and  mustache,  may  be  worn  at  discretion.  No  eccentricities 
in  the  manner  of  wearing  the  hair,  beard,  or  mustache  shall  be 
allowed. 

33.  The  use  of  sheath  knives  on  board  ship  by  the  crew  is  forbidden, 
but  every  man  of  the  seaman  branch  shall  carry  a  jackknife. 

34.  Knife  lanyards  as  a  part  of  dress  uniform  shall  be  worn  by  all 
men  of  the  Navy,  except  chief  petty  officers,  bandsmen,  and  officers' 
stewards  and  cooks. 

35.  A  sick-list  badge,  consisting  of  an  arm  band  of  white  cotton 
2  inches  wide,  shall  be  issued  by  the  medical  officer  to  each  enlisted 
man  on  the  sick  list,  to  be  worn  on  the  right  arm  above  the  elbow. 
The  badge  shall  be  distinctly  marked  in  black  block  figures  with  a 
number,  to  be  entered  upon  the  sick  list  furnished  for  the  use  of  the 
officer  of  the  deck.     When  a  man's  name  is  removed  from  the  sick 
list,  he  shall  return  his  badge,  neatly  washed,  to  the  dispensary. 

36.  The  Geneva  cross  brassard  shall  consist  of  a  band  of  white 
cotton  bearing  a  red  Geneva  cross,  painted  or  stitched  on  the  band, 
to  be  fastened  around  the  upper  part  of  the  right  arm  over  the  outer 
garment.    The  band  shall  be  4  inches  wide,  the  cross  3  inches  in 
height  and  width,  and  the  arms  of  the  cross  1  inch  wide. 

37.  Commissary  stewards  shall  wear  the  same  uniform  as  chief 
commissary  stewards,  except  that  the  rating  badge  shall  bear  the 
chevrons  of  a  petty  officer,  first  class,  instead  of  a  chief  petty  officer. 

38.  In  warm  weather  chief  petty  officers  may  take  off  the  coat  and 
waistcoat  when  on  duty  below  the  main  deck. 

39.  Overshirts,  jumpers,  trousers,  and  underclothes  shall  be  fitted 
with  eyelets  for  stops. 

40.  Cooks  at  work  in  the  galleys  shall  wear  white  undress  without 
neckerchiefs,  and  white  aprons.     When  not  on  duty  there  they  shall 
wear  the  uniform  of  the  day.     Messmen  while  performing  their 
duties  as  such  shall  wear  white  undress,  without  neckerchiefs  (marines, 
the  corresponding  uniform),  and  they  may  wear  this  uniform  any 
tune  below  decks,  but  at  quarters  and  off  duty  they  shall  wear  the 
uniform  of  the  day.     Mess  attendants  on  board  ship  shall  at  all  times 
wear  the  white  jacket,  with  white  or  blue  trousers,  according  to  the 
prescribed  uniform  of  the  day.     When  leaving  the  ship  thay  shall 
wear  the  same  uniform  as  other  enlisted  men. 

41.  The  jersey  may  be  worn,  by  men  for  whom  prescribed,  as  an 
outer  garment  from  sunset  until  8  a.  m.,  either  in  place  of  the  over- 
shirt  or  jumper  or  over  it.     During  the  day  the  jersey  may  be  pre- 
scribed as  an  outer  garment  for  drills,  exercises,  or  working  parties 
on  board  ship,  in  boats,  or  on  shore  at  a  navy  yard  or  naval  station, 
to  be  worn  in  place  of  or  over  the  overshirt  or  jumper.     As  an  addi- 
tional undergarment  the  jersey  may  be  prescribed  to  be  worn  under 
the  jumper  or  overshirt;  and  boatswain's  mates,  coxswains,  quarter- 


14          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

masters,  signalmen,  sentries,  and  others  whose  duties  keep  them  ex- 
posed to  the  weather  without  sufficient  exercise  or  work  to  keep  them 
warm,  and  liberty  men,  may  so  wear  it,  night  or  day,  even  when  not 
prescribed  for  the  whole  ship's,  company.  At  training  stations  the 
jersey  shall  be  worn  only  as  an  outer  garment,  and  only  when  pre- 
scribed. The  jersey  shall  not  show  below  the  overshirt  or  jumper 
and  shall  never  be  worn  without  an  undershirt,  nor  be  tucked  inside 
the  trousers. 

42.  On  July  1,  1913,  the  jersey  will  cease  to  be  an  article  of  uni- 
form, except  as  above  described,  at  the  Newport  and  Great  Lakes 
training  stations;  but  may  still  be  worn  for  athletics,  except  during 
the  prescribed  physical  drill  and  training. 

43.  At  sea  and  in  isolated  anchorages  for  target  practice  or  similar 
service,  when  hot  weather  or  other  conditions  render  it  desirable,  the 
uniform  of  the  day  for  enlisted  men  may  be  modified  by  omitting  the 
jumper,  chief  petty  officers  leaving  off  the  coat  and  wearing  white 
shirts,  with  belts  instead  of  suspenders  for  the  trousers.     This  uni- 
form will  be  indicated  by  signal,  and  particular  care  must  then  be 
taken  that  none  but  clean  uniform  undershirts  are  worn  and  that  a 
neat  appearance  is  preserved  at  mess.     Jumpers  will  be  resumed  at 
the  supper  hour.     All  cooks,  mess  attendants,  members  of  the  guard, 
and  persons  that  have  occasion  to  enter  officers'  quarters  shall  not 
wear  this  uniform,  and  running  steamers'  crews  will  be  exempted 
unless  otherwise  especially  directed.     A  morning  signal  fixing  the 
uniform  the  same  as  the  day  before  will  not  apply  to  this  variation; 
a  new  signal  will  be  required  for  each  day.     Commanding  officers 
may  exempt  such  men  from  omitting  the  jumper  or  overshirt  as  they 
may  think  advisable,  lest  it  be  a  hardship  to  some  who,  being  off 
watch,  for  instance,  have  no  work  to  perform;  but  in  units,  such  as 
boats'  crews  or  signalmen,  all  must  be  dressed  alike. 

44.  Shoes,  neatly  blacked,  shall  always  be  worn  with  dress  and 
undress,  except  that,  with  the  latter,  when  the  decks  are  wet  or  in 
hot  climates  or  in  boats,  shoes  may  be  dispensed  with  unless  the  men 
are  to  go  ashore  for  any  purpose.     Shoes  should  be  dispensed  with 
whenever  practicable  in  boats,  all  men  in  the  crew  being  in  uniform 
in  this  respect;  but  in  steam  or  power  boats  the  coxswain  and  engi- 
neer force  may  wear  shoes  while  the  others  are  barefoot.     Tan  leather 
shoes  may  be  ordered  for  marines  when  in  white  trousers  and  shall 
be  worn  by  them  when  in  field  dress,  or  when  leggings  are  prescribed. 

45.  The  watch  cap  may  be  worn  at  sea  by  men  for  whom  prescribed, 
but  not  during  day  watches  in  port,  except  in  foul  or  severe  weather, 
cleaning,  or  refitting,  if  so  ordered  or  permitted  by  the  senior  officer 
present,  or  coaling  ship.     It  shall  not  be  worn  by  chief  petty  officers, 
officers'  stewards  and  cooks,  bandsmen,  or  marines. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          15 

46.  Underclothing   shall   always   be   worn.     Unless    a   particular 
weight  of  underclothing  is  prescribed,  enlisted  men  may  wear  heavy, 
medium,   or  light,   at  discretion.     No  underclothing  is  regulation 
unless  drawn  from  official  sources. 

47.  Headgear  shall  be  white  by  day  when  white  is  prescribed  for 
any  other  portion  of  the  uniform;  except  when  white  trousers  are 
prescribed  with  dress  uniform  for  the  Navy,  or  special  full  dress  or 
full  dress  for  the  Marine  Corps.     White  caps  or  white  trousers,  or  both, 
may  be  prescribed  with  service  dress  and  undress  uniforms,  white 
caps  being  always  worn  when  white  trousers  are  prescribed  with 
these  uniforms.     White  caps  shall  not  be  worn  with  the  naval  evening 
dress  coat  or  the  Marine  Corps  blue  mess  jacket. 

48.  Overcoats  may  be  ordered  for  officers  or  men,  or  both,  when 
appropriate.     When  overcoats  are  worn,  epaulets  shall  be  dispensed 
with.     Overcoats  may  be  worn  by  officers  and  men,  on  or  off  duty, 
at  sea  or  in  port,  on  board  their  own  ships,  when  the  uniform  of  the 
day  is  service  dress,  unless  overcoats  are  expressly  ordered  not  to  be 
worn;  but  when  called  to  quarters,  only  the  prescribed  uniform  shall 
be  worn.     Under  similar  conditions,  overcoats  may  be  ordered  for  a 
whole  boat's  crew,  without  reference  to  the  senior  officer  present. 

49.  The  overcoat  prescribed  for  enlisted  men   (not  chief  petty 
officers)  may  be  worn  by  officers  on  duty  on  board  their  own  ships 
or  at  exercise  in  boats;  but  not  by  officers  of  the  watch  while  colors 
are  hoisted,  except  at  sea  or  during  general  cleaning  or  coaling,  nor 
by  any  officers  at  quarters  for  inspection  or  other  ceremony.     Stripes 
shall  be  worn  on  the  sleeves  as  on  the  regular  uniform  overcoat. 

50.  Rain  clothes,  with  or  without  rubber  boots,  may  be  worn  by 
officers  and  men  in  foul  weather,  at  sea  or  in  port,  including  getting 
underway  and  coming  to  anchor,  and  also  by  whole  boat's  crews,  unless 
specially  ordered  not  to  be  worn.     When  the  weather  is  too  cold  to 
go  barefoot,  men  may  wear  rubber  boots  during  wet  weather  or  while 
washing  down  the  deck,  but  rubber  boots  shall  not  be  worn  by  the 
crews  of  steam  or  power  boats. 

51.  Dungarees  may  be  worn  on  board  cruising  vessels: 

(a)  By  the  engineer  and  dynamo  room  force  while  on  duty. 

(6)  By  gunner's  mates,  turret  captains,  electricians,  mechanics, 
marines,  and  men  regularly  detailed  as  helpers  or  strikers  in  turrets 
or  in  care  of  machinery  below  decks,  instead  of  white  working  dress 
while  employed  at  work  that  would  damage  the  white  uniform. 

(c)  By  the  engineer  crews  of  steamers  and  power  boats. 

(d)  The  necessity  for  the  members  of  the  marine  detachment 
being  issued  dungarees  is  in  the  discretion  of  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  vessel  to  which  the  marines  are  attached. 

Dungarees  shall  not  be  worn  nor  had  in  possession  by  other  men. 


16         UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES  MARINE   CORPS. 

52.  Officers  shall  limit  their  wearing  of  dungarees  to  the  actual 
requirements  of  duty.     They  shall  not  wear  them  for  duty  above 
decks  for  which  worn  blue  or  white  clothing  would  suffice. 

53.  Dungarees  shall  be  worn  by  officers  and  men  as  a  complete 
suit,  with  the  hat  or  cap  prescribed  for  the  day.     They  shall  not  be 
worn  at  mess,  except  by  engineer  and  dynamo  force  about  to  go  on 
watch  and  engineer  crews  of  steamers,   and  then  only  when  the 
dungaree  suits  are  clean. 

54.  Torpedo  and  submarine  vessels'   crews  shall  wear  dungaree 
suits  instead  of  white  undress  while  on  board  or  in  boats,  and  also 
on  shore  within  the  limits  of  a  navy  yard  or  station,  except  on  Satur- 
day afternoon  and   Sunday  by  men  off  duty.     In  other  circum- 
stances the  restrictions  of  paragraph  51  apply. 

55.  All  wearing  apparel  drawn  from  a  pay  officer  or  from  the 
quartermaster's  department  of  the  Marine  Corps  shall  be  considered 
uniform. 

56.  Clothes  made  by  the  men  for  themselves,  made  by  ship's  tailors 
for  them,  or  received  by  them  from  other  than  official  sources,  shall 
conform  strictly  in  material,  pattern,  and  making-up  to  those  issued 
by  the  Government;  and  no  devices  for  blue  or  white  caps,  rating 
badges,    distinguishing   marks,    apprentice    marks,    service    stripes, 
braids,  or  cap  ribbons,  other  than  those  issued  by  the  Government,  are 
to  be  used  by  enlisted  men  under  any  circumstances.     Fancy  stitch- 
ings  and  embroidery  are  forbidden.     Enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps 
shall  wear  only  clothing  and  equipment  drawn  from  the  quartermas- 
ter's department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  except  in  case  of  wreck,  fire,  or 
other  great  emergency,  when  it  becomes  absolutely  necessary  to  pur- 
chase clothing  from  other  sources,  in  which  case  the  clothing  so  pur- 
chased shall  conform  as  nearly  as  possible  to  that  prescribed  in  these 
regulations.     All  clothing  not  drawn  from  Government  sources  shall 
be  inspected  by  the  division  officer  before  being  worn. 

57.  Standard  samples  of  every  article  of  enlisted  men's  uniforms 
shall  be  kept  at  the  naval  clothing  factory,  or  in  the  quartermaster's 
department  of  the  Marine  Corps.     The  articles  issued  to  ships  shall 
conform  in  every  respect  to  the  standard  samples,  and  no  change 
shall  be  permitted  without  the  sanction  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 
Pay  officers  of  ships  will  be  supplied  with  a  set  of  paper  patterns  of 
sizes  3  and  5  of  the  overshirt,  and  4,  8,  and  12  of  the  trousers,  for 
the  use  of  enlisted  men  in  making  clothing. 

58.  The  clothes,   arms,  military  outfits,  and  accouterments  fur- 
nished by  the  United  States  to  any  enlisted  person  in  the  Navy  or 
Marine  Corps,  or  required  by  such  persons  as  a  part  of  their  pre- 
scribed uniforms  or  outfits,  shall  not  be  sold,  bartered,  exchanged, 
pledged,  loaned,  nor  given  away,  except  by  competent  authority 
therefor. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          17 

59.  No  transfer  or  exchange  of  clothing  shall  be  made  without  the 
authority  of  the  commanding  officer.     When  clothing  belonging  to 
deserters  is  sold,  the  name  of  the  deserter  shall  be  obliterated  with  a 
stamp  marked  "D  C,"   and  the  purchaser's  name  shall  be  placed 
upon  it  as  soon  as  possible. 

60.  The  executive  officer  of  a  ship  shall  see  that  officers  com- 
manding divisions  keep  correct  lists  of  their  men's  clothing  and  have 
necessary  requisitions  made  out,  and  that  they  are  careful  in  the 
inspection  of  their  divisions,  then-  clothing,  and  their  bedding.     He 
shall  prepare  a  dress  board  on  which  will  be  indicated  the  uniform 
of  the  crew,  and  place  it  in  a  conspicuous  position  on  board. 

61.  Whenever  recruits  are  received  on  board  a  receiving  ship  or 
at  a  training  station  they  shall  be  required  at  once  to  have  their  hair 
cut,  bathe,  and  report  for  physical  examination.     Upon  the  com- 
pletion of  the  examination,  should  the  recruits  qualify,  commanding 
officers  shall  have  the  outfit  of  clothing  issued  to  each  and  carefully 
marked.     Commanding  officers  shall  not  allow  recruits  to  keep  on 
board  any  article  of  clothing  not  authorized  by  regulations  except 
such  underclothing  in  good  condition  as  may  be  worn  at  the  time  of 
enlistment.     All  other  citizens'  clothing  must  be  disposed  of  as  the 
recruit  may  desire.     Clothing  or  small  stores  shall  not  be  issued  to 
recruits  without  the  written  order  of  the  commanding  officer. 

62.  Officers  of  divisions  shall  take  especial  care  that  all  outer  and 
under  clothing,  overcoats,  caps,  hats,  and  bedding  of  the  men  are  in 
accordance  with  the  prescribed  uniform  in  respect  to  quality,  pattern, 
and  color,  and  that  every  article  is  properly  marked  in  accordance 
with  these  regulations.     They  shall  see  that  all  materials  drawn  are 
used  for  the  purpose  required;  that  all  clothing  is  neatly  made, 
marked,  and  kept  in  order,  and  that  none  of  it  is  sold;  that  the  men 
are  neat  in  person  and  clothing,  and  provided  with  regulation  knives 
and  lanyards;  and  that  underclothing  is  worn  at  all  times  unless 
dispensed  with  by  order  of  the  captain.     All  work  done  by  the  ship's 
tailor  shall  be  submitted  to  the  division  officer  for  inspection  and 
approval  before  it  is  accepted  or  any  payment  made  therefor. 

63.  Copies  of  all  parts  of  these  regulations  necessary  for  the  pur- 
pose shall  be  posted  in  places  where  they  may  be  consulted  at  all 
times  by  enlisted  men. 

101461°— 17 2 


CHAPTER  2. 
OCCASIONS  ON  WHICH  EACH  UNIFORM  IS  TO  BE  WORN. 


64. 


OFFICERS. 


1.  State  occasions,  at  home  or  abroad. 

2.  Receiving  or  being  received  by  the  President, 

an  ex-President,  the  Vice  President,  or  the 
Secretary  of  the  Navy  of  the  United  States, 
or  the  sovereign,  chief  executive,  or  ruler  of 
any  country,  or  any  member  of  a  royal  family, 
or  an  ambassador  of  the  United  States  or  of  any 
country,  at  home  or  abroad. 

3.  At  ceremonies,  solemnities,  or  entertainments, 

when  desirable  to  do  special  honor  to  the  occa- 
sion. 

4.  At  general  inspection  on  the  first  Saturday  in 

the  month.  In  inclement  weather,  service 
dress  may  be  prescribed. 


Navy.— Special  full  dress,  or 
white  special  full  dress. 

Marine  Corps. — Special  full 
dress  (with  full-dress  trou- 
sers, if  in  line  with  troops), 
or  white  special  full  dress. 


5.  First  visits  to  officers  of  flag  rank,  or  exchanging 

visits  of  ceremony  with  foreign  official. 

6.  Ceremonies,  solemnities,  or  entertainments  where 

drese  uniform  is  not  sufficient. 


Navy. — Full  dress,  or  white 
full  dress. 

Marine  Corps. — Special  full 
dress  (with  full-dress  trou- 
sers, if  in  line  with  troops), 
or  white  full  dress. 


7.  Reception  of — 

a  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

b  Member  of  the  President's  Cabinet  other  than 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

c  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States. 

d  Governor  general  of  islands  or  groups  of 
islands  occupied  by  the  United  States, 
visiting  a  ship  or  station  officially  within 
the  waters  or  limits  of  his  government. 

e  Governor  of  one  of  the  States  or  Territories 
of  the  United  States,  visiting  a  ship  or 
station  within  the  waters  or  limits  of  his 
government. 

/  President  of  the  Senate. 

a  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

h  Committee  of  Congress. 

i  Envoy  extraordinary  and  minister  plenipo- 
tentiary, minister  resident,  or  other  diplo- 
matic representative  of  or  above  the  rank 
of  charg6  d'affaires,  within  the  waters  of 
the  nation  to  which  he  is  accredited. 

j  Flag  officer  going  aboard  his  flagship  to 
assume  command;  also  when  he  relin- 
quishes command. 

8.  First  visit  in  port  to  commanding  officers,  and 

ordinary  occasions  of  duty  and  ceremony  on 
shore. 

9.  At  Saturday  morning  inspections,   except  the 

first  in  the  month .  In  inclement  or  hot  weather, 
service  dress  or  white  service  dress  may  be 
prescribed ;  in  either  case  with  swords. 


18 


Navy. — Dress,  or  white  dress. 

Marine  Corps. — Special  full 
dress  (with  full-dress  trou- 
sers, if  in  line  with  troops), 
or  white  undress. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          19 


10.  Reporting  for  duty. 

11.  Serving  as  a  member  of,  or  witness  before,  a  court 

or  board,  except  a  board  of  survey. 


Navy. — Undress,  or  white  un- 
dress. 

Marine  Corps. — Undress,  white 
undress,  or  field  dress. 


12.  Upon  occasions  of  special  ceremony,  by  officers 
on  duty  with  enlisted  men  under  arms  on  shore, 
when  the  uniform  prescribed  for  other  officers 
is  special  full  dress  or  full  dress. 


Navy. — Undress  with  leggings, 
or  white  undress  with  leg- 
gings. 

Marine  Corps. — Full  dress,  or 
white  undress.  (Leggings 
shall  never  be  worn  with 
full  dress.) 


13.  Visiting  foreign  officers  other  than  commanding 

officers. 

14.  Atiiformal  daytime  receptions,  to  which  officers 

are  invited  in  their  official  capacity,  when  frock 
coats  are  appropriate. 


Navy. — Undress,  or  white  un- 
dress, without  swords. 

Marine  Corps. — Undress,  Or 
white  undress,  without 
swords. 


15.  At  all  times  not  otherwise  provided  for. 


Navy. — Service  dress  (or  white 
service  dress  when  suitable). 

Marine  Corps. — Undress  (or 
white  undress  when  suit- 
able) without  swords. 


16.  On  duty  with  enlisted  men  under  arms  ashore, 
except  as  specified  in  No.  12. 


Navy. — Service  dress,  blue  or 
white,  as  prescribed,  and 
leggings,  with  swords  (or 
revolvers,  or  both). 

Marine  Corps. — Undress,  or 
field  dress,  with  or  without 
leggings,  as  prescribed ;  re- 
volvers also  if  prescribed. 


17.  When  prescribed  by  the  senior  officer  present. 

18.  At  the  option  of  and  under  restrictions  imposed 

by  the  commanding  officer,  when  the  uniform 
of  the  day  is  white  service  dress;  to  be  worn 
only  by  officers  on  board  their  own  ship,  or  at 
exercise  in  boats. 


Navy. — White  service  dress, 
with  blue  trousers. 

Marine  Corps. — White  un- 
dress, with  blue  undress 
trousers,  without  swords. 


19.  Ceremonies  in  the  evening  to  which  officers  are 
invited  in  their  official  capacity,  such  as  public 
balls,  dinners,  and  evening  receptions.  In  hot 
weather,  and  in  other  circumstances  where 
appropriate,  dinner  dress  may  be  prescribed. 


Navy. — Evening  full  dress. 
Marine    Corps. — Special    full 
dress,  or  mess  dress. 


20.  At  informal  evening  occasions  to  which  officers 

are  invited  in  their  official  capacity.  In  hot 
weather,  or  in  other  circumstances  where  ap- 
propriate, mess  dress  may  be  prescribed. 

21.  At  dinner,  when  not  at  sea,  on  board  saluting 

ships,  for  officers  for  whom  the  evening  dress 
coat  is  prescribed.  When  the  uniform  of  the 
day  has  been  white,  mess  dress  may  be  sub- 
stituted by  the  commanding  officer. 


Navy. — Evening  dress. 
Marine  Corps. — Mess  dress. 


22.  On  occasions  of  ceremony,  as  in  No.  19,  or  in  hot 
weather  and  other  circumstances  where  appro- 
priate, as  a  substitute  for  uniform  C. 


Navy. — Dinner  dress. 
Marine     Corps. — Mess    dress, 
with  white  mess  jacket. 


23.  On  ordinary  social  occasions  in  the  evening  to 

which  officers  are  invited  in  their  official 
capacity,  and  where  hot  weather  and  other 
circumstances  make  it  appropriate. 

24.  When  authorized  under  No.  21  by  the  command- 

ing officer. 


Navy. — Mess  dress. 

Marine  Corps. — Mess  dress, 
with  white  mess  jacket. 

White  trousers  may  be  pre- 
scribed for  both  Navy  and 
Marine  Corps. 


20          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 


65.  Uniforms  to  be  designated  when  officers  of  the  Army,  Navy, 
and  Marine  Corps  are  together: 


Designation  of 
uniform. 

Composition  of  uniforms  for— 

Army. 

Navy. 

Marine  Corps. 

Uniform  A 

Full  dress.  .  .  . 
Dress 

Special  full  dress, 
or  white  special 
full  dress. 

Undress,    or  white 
undress. 
Evening  full  dress; 
or    evening    full 
dress  without 
swords   or   belts, 
and  with  blue 
caps;     or  dinner 
dress. 

Special  full   dress  (with  full- 
dress  trousers  if  in  line  with 
troops),  or  white  special  full 
dress. 
Undress,  or  white  undress. 

Special  full  dress,  or  mess  dress. 

Uniform  B 

Uniform  C 

Full  dress  or 
evening 
dress. 

66.  At  the  White  House  or  at  an  entertainment  given  in  honor  of 
the  President,  one  of  the  uniforms  above  shall  be  worn,  as  designated; 
but  if  none  be  designated,  then  uniform  shall  be  worn  in  accordance 
with  the  following: 

For  state  dinners Uniform  A. 

For  informal,  small  dinners Uniform  C. 

Evening  musicale  or  dance Uniform  C. 

New  Year's  and  all  other  state  receptions,  whether  in  the 

daytime  or  in  the  evening Uniform  A. 

All  other  daytime  functions,  until  6  p.  m Uniform  B. 

67.  When  officers  of  the  Army  and  officers  of  the  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps,  or  either,  are  in  attendance  together  elsewhere  than  at  the 
White  House,  one  of  the  three  above  uniforms  shall  be  designated  by 
the  senior  officer  present,  in  accordance  with  the  general  plan  pre- 
scribed in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

68.  ENLISTED   MEN. 


Uniform  for — 


uccasion. 

Navy. 

Marine  Corps. 

1    Occasions  of  ceremony  parades  or  re- 

Dress 

Dress 

views,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
2.  On  liberty  or  leave 

do        

Dress  or  summer 

3.  On  ordinary  occasions,  either  on  or  off 

Undress  

field  dress.1 
Dress  or  field  dress. 

duty. 
4.  At  battery  drills,  and  by  details  of  men 

Working  dress  

Field  dress. 

or  individuals  engaged  in  work  for 
which  this  dress  is  necessary. 
5.  Physical  and  battery  drills,  boat  exer- 
cise under  oars,  handling  stores  or 
ammunition  alongside,  when  pre- 
cribed. 
6.  In  the  Tropics  in  isolated  anchorages, 
or  at  sea,  when  prescribed. 

Undress,  without 
jumpers. 

White  undress,  with- 
out jumpers. 

Field  dress,  without 
coats,  with  flannel 
shirts. 

Dress  or  field  dress, 
without  coats. 

1  The  winter  field  uniform  shall  not  be  worn  by  enlisted  men  on  libei  £y  or  leave,  sxcept  in  the  case  ol 
expeditionary  forces  where  the  men  do  not  carry  dress  uniform  with  them. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.          21 

69.  Winter  or  summer  field  dress  shall  be  worn  by  officers  and 
men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  when  prescribed  by  competent  authority, 
in  the  field,  in  garrison,  at  drills  and  maneuvers  ashore,  or  when 
serving  afloat.     Marine  detachments  of  ships  shall  wear  the  corre- 
sponding field  cap  when  field  dress  is  worn  on  board  ship  or  on 
liberty. 

70.  (1)  The  uniform  of  the  day  or  for  any  special  occasion  shall  be 
designated  by  means  of  the  phrases  given  below  in  paragraphs  3  and  4 
of  this  article,  which  represent  all  authorized  combinations  of  uni- 
forms.    In  setting  the  uniform  the  order  shall  prescribe  them  in  the 
following  sequence,  except  that  signals  may  be  made  simultaneously 
if  desired: 

(a)  Uniform  for  officers  of  the  Navy. 

(6)  Uniform  for  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

(c)  Uniform  for  chief  petty  officers  (and  men  wearing  similar  cloth- 
ing) if  different  from  that  for  other  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy. 

(d)  Uniform  for  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy. 

(e)  Uniform  for  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

(/)  Uniform  for  bandsmen  if  different  from  that  for  other  enlisted 
men  of  the  Navy. 

(2)  When  white  uniforms,  or  uniforms  any  part  or  parts  of  which 
are  white,  are  designated,  they  shall  be  so  prescribed  that  officers 
and  men  of  all  branches  shall  be  similarly  clothed,  as  far  as  practicable. 


CHAPTER  3. 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS  GOVERNING  UNIFORMS  OF  OFFICERS 
AND  ENLISTED  MEN  OF  THE  MARINE  CORPS. 

71.  At  marine  barracks  and  posts  there  shall  be  a  bulletin  board 
showing  the  uniform  of  the  day  for  officers  and  enlisted  men. 

72.  Officers  shall  not  wear  patent  leather  or  enameled  leather 
shoes  when  on  duty  in  line  with  troops. 

73.  Officers  shall  not  wear  white  shoes  when  on  duty  in  line  with 
troops,  except  when,  on  board  ship,  such  shoes  are  prescribed  as  a 
part  of  the  uniform. 

74.  The  officer  of  the  day  and  the  officer  of  the  guard  shall  wear 
the  sword,  unless  otherwise  prescribed. 

75.  Officers  on  duty  in  line  with  troops  under  arms  shall  wear  the 
sword,  unless  otherwise  prescribed. 

76.  Officers  shall  wear  gloves  when  swords  are  worn,  unless  other- 
wise prescribed,  except  with  summer  field  dress,  with  which  uniform 
gloves  will  not  be  worn. 

77.  Whenever  special  full  dress  or  full  dress  is  worn  by  officers, 
the  full-dress  sword  belt  shall  be  worn,  whether  swords  are  pre- 
scribed or  not.     When  the  sword  is  not  worn  the  sword  slings  will 
be  joined  together  by  the  snap  hooks  and  allowed  to  hang,  forming 
one  loop. 

78.  (1)  An  officer  detailed  as  an  aid-de-camp  shall  wear  aiguil- 
lettes  with  special  full  dress,  full  dress,  mess  dress,  and  undress 
uniforms  when  he  accompanies  the  officer  on  whose  staff  he  serves  or 
when  he  represents  that  officer  in  an  official  capacity;   and  he  shall 
wear  the  device  prescribed  for  aids-de-camp  with  all  uniforms. 

(2)  Line  officers  detailed  as  post,  regimental,  or  battalion  quarter- 
masters may  wear  the  device  of  the  Quartermaster'-  Department  as 
described  in  paragrar^i  167. 

(3)  Officers  detailed  for  duty  in  the  different  staff  departments 
for  four-year  periods  will  wear  during  such  detail  their  line  uniforms, 
with  the  following  modifications : 

(a)  The  insignia  of  the  department  in  which  serving  will  be  worn 
wherever  prescribed  for  staff  officers,  replacing  the  corps  device 
where  necessary. 

(b)  The  shoulder  knots  will  be  worn  with  the  special  full  dress  as 
well  as  full  dress,  as  epaulets  are  not  worn  by  staff  officers. 

(c)  The  aiguillettes  prescribed  for  aids-de-camp  shall  be  worn,  and 
in  the  same  manner,  with  the  full  dress  and  mess  dress. 

22 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS.         23 

79.  Officers  detailed  as  aids  at  the  White  House  shall  wear  aiguil- 
lettes  with  special  full  dress,  full  dress,  mess  dress,  and  undress 
uniforms  when  on  duty  at  the  White  House. 

80.  A  retired  officer  with  a  brevet  commission,  either  in  the  regular 
or  volunteer  service,  may  wear  the  uniform  of  his  highest  brevet  rank. 

81.  (1)  Officers  serving  under  acting  commissions  in  tune  of  war 
shall  not  be  required  to  have  uniforms  other  than  undress  and  field 
dress. 

(2)  The  uniform  and  equipment  for  pay  clerks  of  the  Marine  Corps, 
when  serving  with  troops,  shall  be  the  same  as  the  summer  and  winter 
field  dress  prescribed  for  second  lieutenants  of  the  Marine  Corps, 
except  that  swords  shall  not  be  worn.  The  Marine  Corps  device  shall 
be  worn  on  the  cap  or  hat  only,  and  the  device  of  the  Paymaster's 
Department,  Marine  Corps,  shall  be  worn  on  the  collar  of  the  coat  or 
shirt.  Revolvers  or  pistols  shall  be  worn  when  ordered. 

82.  The  sword,  sword  belts,  belt  plate,  and  sword  knots  for  the 
leader  of  the  band  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  officers. 

83.  Sergeants  major  and  quartermaster  sergeants  shall  wear  their 
swords  slung  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 
They  shall  wear  pistols  in  tan  leather  holsters  when  prescribed. 
Clothing  rolls  will  be  issued  to  them  in  lieu  of  knapsacks. 

84.  When  in  charge  of  troops,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  sergeants, 
and  sergeants  shall  wear  noncommissioned  officers7  swords,  with  the 
scabbard  attached  to  the  belt  by  means  of  the  prescribed  frog.     The 
frog  shall  be  of  white  leather  for  the  white  belt,  and  of  tan  leather 
for  the  tan  leather  belt.     They  shall  wear  pistols  in  tan  leather 
holsters  when  prescribed. 

85.  When  not  in  charge  of  troops,  first  sergeants,  gunnery  ser- 
geants,  and  sergeants  shall  be  armed   and  equipped  in  the  same 
manner  as  corporals  and  privates. 

86.  Corporals  and  privates  shah*  be  armed  with  the  rifle,  and  shall 
wear  white  leather  belts,  tan  leather  belts,  or  woven  cartridge  belts 
as  may  be  prescribed. 

87.  The  rifle  sling  shall  be  of  tan  leather,  and  shall  be  attached  to 
the  rifle. 

88.  Swords  for  noncommissioned  officers  may  be  dispensed  with 
when  in  the  field  when  so  ordered. 

89.  Belt  plates  for  enlisted  men  shall  be  of  plain  brass,  excepting 
those  for  sergeants  major,  quartermaster  sergeants,  drum  major,  and 
the  second  leader  of  the  band,  which  shall  be  of  the  same  pattern 
and  size  as  those  for  commissioned  officers,  omitting  the  silver  from 
the  ornamentation. 

90.  The  amount  and  kind  of  uniform  clothing  with  which  each 
enlisted  man  of  the  Marine  Corps  is  provided  shall  depend  upon  the 
nature  of  his  duties. 


24         UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

91.  Dungarees  of  the  prescribed  pattern  may  be  worn  by  engineers, 
firemen,  and  men  engaged  as  artisans  while  actually  at  work,  at 
barracks  and  shore  stations. 

92.  When  an  applicant  is  received  at  a  recruit  depot  he  shall  be 
required  to  bathe  at  once  and  to  have  his  hair  cut,  and  shall  then  be 
examined  by  the  recruiting  officer.     Upon  the  receipt  of  his  enlist- 
ment papers  he  shall  undergo  the  required  physical  examination 
and,  if  found  qualified,  his  enlistment  shall  be  completed  as  soon  as 
possible.     After  the  completion  of  his  enlistment  the  necessary  outfit 
of  clothing  shall  be  issued  to  him  and  each  article  shall  be  marked 
in  accordance  with  these  regulations.     After  this  outfit  has  been  issued 
to  the  recruit  all  of  his  clothing  not  strictly  hi  accord  with  these  regu- 
lations shall  be  disposed  of  as  he  may  desire. 

93.  The  commanding  officer  of  a  marine  barracks  or  of  a  Marine 
Corps  organization  serving  on  shore,  except  when  in  a  foreign  country, 
may  permit  enlisted  men  to  wear  civilian's  clothing  when  on  leave, 
on  furlough,  or  on  liberty;  and  men  to  whom  this  privilege  is  granted 
may  be  allowed  to  keep  such  civilian's  clothing  in  their  possession 
at  barracks  or  shore  stations. 

(a)  The  f ollowing  uniforms  are  prescribed  for  warrant  officers  of  the 
Marine  Corps: 

Undress. 

White  undress. 

Summer  field  dress. 

Winter  field  dress. 

They  will  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  a  second  lieutenant  with  the 
following  modifications :  The  collar  device  and  the  sword  knot  will  not 
be  worn. 

The  undress  trousers  for  quartermaster  clerks  will  be  the  same  as 
prescribed  for  "All  officers  of  the  staff." 

Warrant  officers  will  wear  the  prescribed  device  of  silver  on  the 
collar  of  the  undress  and  white  undress  and  of  bronze  on  the  summer 
field  and  winter  field  coats  and  on  the  shoulder  straps  of  the  overcoat 
and  on  the  collar  of  the  flannel  shirt  when  the  coat  is  not  worn. 


CHAPTER  4. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SEVERAL  UNIFORMS  OF  OFFICERS  OF 

THE    MARINE    CORPS. 
94. 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


Major  General  Commandant. 
(Plate  1.) 


All  officers  of  the  line. 
(Plate  2.) 


All  officers  of  the  staff. 
(Plate  3.) 


SPECIAL  FULL   DRESS. 

Full-dress  coat. 

Special  full-dress  trousers.  (White  undress  trousers 
may  be  prescribed.) 

Chapeau.    (Full-dress  cap  may  be  prescribed.) 

Sash. 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Epaulets. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 

White  gloves. 

Black  shoes. 

Medals  and  badges. 

When  mounted,  full-dress  breeches,  full-dress  cap, 
white  leather  gloves,  black  boots,  and  spurs  shall 
be  worn. 

Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 

Full-dress  coat. 

Special  full-dress  trousers  when  not  in  line  with 
troops;  full-dress  trousers  when  in  line  with 
troops.  (White  undress  trousers  may  be  pre- 
scribed on  either  occasion.) 

Full-dress  cap. 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Epaulets. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 

White  gloves. 

Black  shoes. 

Medals  and  badges. 

When  mounted,  full-dress  breeches,  white  leather 
gloves,  black  boots,  and  spurs  shall  be  worn. 

Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 

Full-dress  coat. 

Special  full-dress  trousers  when  not  in  line  with 
troops;  full-dress  trousers  when  in  line  with 
troops.  (White  undress  trousers  may  be  pre- 
scribed on  either  occasion.) 

Full-dress  cap.  (Chapeau  may  be  prescribed  for 
indoor  functions.) 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Shoulder  knots. 

25 


26          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


All  officers  of  the  staff  (contd). . 


All  officers. 


Major  General  Commandant. 


All  officers  of  the  line 

(Plate  4.) 


SPECIAL  PULL  DRESS — continued. 

Aiguillettes. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 

White  gloves. 

Back  shoes. 

Medals  and  badges. 

When  mounted,  full-dress  breeches,  full-dress  cap, 

white   leather  gloves,    black   boots,    and   spurs 

shall  be  worn. 
Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 

WHITE    SPECIAL  FULL  DRESS. 

White  undress  coat. 

White  undress  trousers. 

White  cap. 

White  shoes. 

WTiite  gloves. 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Medals  and  badges. 

FULL  DRESS. 

Full-dress  coat. 

Full-dress  trousers.     (White  undress  trousers  may 

be  prescribed.) 

Chapeau.    (Full-dress  cap  may  be  prescribed.) 
Sash. 
Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 
Full-dress  sword  knot. 
Shoulder  knots. 
White  gloves. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 
Black  shoes. 
Medals  and  badges. 
When  mounted,  full-dress  breeches,  full-dress  cap, 

white   leather  gloves,    black   boots,    and  spurs 

shall  be  worn. 
Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 
Overcoat  may  be  prescribed,  in  which  case  the 

undress  coat  instead  of  the  full-dress  coat  will  be 

worn. 

Full-dress  coat. 
Full-dress  trousers.     (White  undress  trousers  may 

be  prescribed.) 
Full-dress  cap. 
Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 
Full-dress  sword  knot. 
Shoulder  knots. 
White  gloves. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 
Black  shoes. 
Medals  and  badges. 
When  mounted,  full-dress  breeches,  white  leather 

gloves,  black  boots,  and  spurs  shall  be  worn. 
Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 
Overcoat  may  be  prescribed,  in  which  case  the 

undress  coat  instead  of  the  full-dress  coat  will  be 

worn. 


UNIFORM    REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 


27 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


All  officers  of  the  staff. 


All  officers. 


All  officers 

(Plates  7,8.) 


PULL  DRESS — continued. 

Full-dress  coat. 

Full-dress  trousers.     (White  undress  trousers  may 

be  prescribed.) 
Full-dress  cap.    (Chapeau  may  be  prescribed  for 

indoor  functions.) 
Sword. 

Full-drese  sword  belt. 
Full-dress  sword  knot. 
Shoulder  knots. 
Aiguillettes. 
White  gloves. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 
Black  shoes. 
Medals  and  badges. 
When  mounted,  full-dress  breeches,  full-dress  cap, 

white  leather  gloves,  black  boots,  and  spurs  shall 

be  worn. 

Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 
Overcoat  may  be  prescribed  in  which  case  the 

undress  coat  instead  of  the  full-dress  coat  will  be 


worn. 


WHITE    PULL   DRESS. 


White  undress  coat. 

White  undress  trousers. 

White  cap. 

White  shoes. 

White  gloves. 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

UNDRESS. 

Undress  coat. 

Undress  trousers.  (White  undress  trousers  may  be 
prescribed.) 

Undress  cap.  (White  cap  may  be  prescribed,  and 
shall  be  worn  with  white  trousers.) 

Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 

Undress  sword  knot. 

White  gloves. 

White  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 

Black  shoes.  (White  shoes  shall  be  worn  with 
white  trousers,  except  when  in  line  with  troops 
on  shore.  Tan  leather  shoes  shall  be  worn  with 
leggings.) 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

When  mounted,  undressed  breeches,  white  or  tan 
leather  gloves  as  prescribed,  black  boots,  and 
spurs  shall  be  worn. 

Cloak  may  be  prescribed,  except  when  in  line  with 
troops. 

Overcoat  may  be  prescribed  when  appropriate  and 
when  prescribed  tan-leather  gloves  will  be  worn. 

Undress  without  swords  or  gloves  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  senior  officer  present  as  the  uni- 
form of  the  day  and  on  appropriate  occasions  as 
specified  in  these  regulations. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


All  officers 

(Plate  10.) 


All  officers 

(Plates  5,  6.) 


All  officers 

(Plate  11.) 


WHITE    UNDRESS. 

White  undress  coat. 

White  undress  trousers.     (Undress  trousers  may  be 

prescribed.) 
White  cap. 
Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 
Undress  sword  knot. 
White  gloves. 
White  shoes,  except  when  in  line  with  troops  on 

shore.     (Black  shoes  shall  be  worn  with  imdress 

trousers.) 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 
White  undress  without  swords  or  gloves  may  be 

prescribed  by  the  senior  officer  present  as  the 

uniform  of  the  day  and  on  appropriate  occasions 

as  specified  in  these  regulations. 

MESS   DRESS. 

Mess  jacket.     (White   mess  jacket  may  be  pre- 
scribed.) 
Special     full-dress     trousers.     (White     mess-dress 

trousers  may   be   prescribed   with   white   mess 

jacket.) 

Mess  dress  waistcoat. 
Shoulder  knots  with  blue  mess  jacket  only.     (With 

aiguillettes  for  staff  officers.) 
Full-dress  cap.     (Undress  cap  may  be  prescribed 

and  the  white  cap  shall  be  worn  with  the  white 

mess  jacket.) 

White  dress  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs. 
White  gloves  when  appropriate. 
Black  silk  necktie. 
Black  patent  leather  shoes  without  tips.     (White 

shoes  may  be  prescribed  with  white  trousers.) 
Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 
Cloak  may  be  prescribed. 

SUMMER  FIELD   DRESS. 

Summer  field  coat. 

Summer  field   breeches.     (Summer  field  trousers 

shall  be  worn  when  leggings  or  boots  are  not 

worn.) 
Leggings.    (Tan  leather  boots  may  be  prescribed 

for  mounted  officers.) 
Field  hat.    (Summer  field  cap  may  be  prescribed 

and  it  shall  be  worn  when  serving  on  board  ship.) 
Tan  leather  shoes.    (Tan  leather  boots  may  be 

prescribed  for  mounted  officers.) 
Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 
Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 
Undress  sword  knot. 
When  mounted,  spurs  shall  be  worn. 
Pistol  belt,  with  suspender  (when  prescribed). 


UNIFORM    REGULATIONS   UNITED    STATES   MARINE    CORPS. 


29 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


All  officers 

(Plate  12.) 


WINTER   FIELD   DRESS. 

Winter  field  coat. 

Winter  field  breeches.     (Winter  field  trousers  shall 
be  worn  when  leggings  or  boots  are  not  worn.) 
ggings.     (Tan  leather  boots  may  be  prescribed 
for  mounted  officers.) 

Field  hat.  (Winter  field  cap  may  be  prescribed  and 
it  shall  be  worn  when  serving  on  board  ship.) 

Haversack  (when  prescribed). 

Tan  leather  gloves.     (When  gloves  are  prescribed.) 

Tan  leather  shoes.  (Tan  leather  boots  may  be  pre- 
scribed for  mounted  officers.) 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 

Undress  sword  knot. 

Overcoat  may  be  prescribed 
When  mounted,  spurs  and 
shall  be  worn. 

When  not  in  the  field  a  white  shirt,  collar,  and  cuffs 
shall  be  worn  with  this  uniform. 

In  the  field  the  flannel  shirt  shall  be  worn. 

In  the  field,  or  at  drills  or  at  exercises  when  it  would 
be  appropriate,  the  flannel  shirt  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  place  of  the  winter  or  summer  field  coat, 
in  which  case  the  trousers  or  breeches  shall  be 
worn  without  suspenders,  the  trousers  belt  shall 
be  worn,  the  field  scarf  shall  be  worn,  and  the 
collar  of  the  shirt  shall  be  worn  turned  down  with 
the  proper  insignia  of  rank  on  the  collar  on  each 
side,  1  inch  from  the  front  edge. 


when  appropriate, 
tan  leather  gloves 


CHAPTER  5. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  GARMENTS  AND  ARTICLES  OF  EQUIPMENT 
OF  OFFICERS  OF  THE  MARINE  CORPS. 

FULL-DRESS  COAT. 

95.  Major  General  Commandant. — (PL  1.)  The  full-dress  coat  shall 
be  a  double-breasted  frock  coat  with  standing  collar,  of  dark-blue 
cloth  lined  with  black  silk,  skirt  extending  to  1  inch  below  the  crotch, 
having  two  rows  of  40-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  on  the  front  from 
the  collar  bone  to  the  waist,  nine  buttons  in  each  row,  the  distance 
between  the  rows  being  from  7  to  9  inches  at  the  top  and  from  3  to  5 
inches  at  the. waist,  distances  measured  from  centers  of  buttons,  and 
the  buttons  in  each  row  being  arranged  in  sets  of  three,  the  distances 
between  these  sets  of  buttons  being  equal  to  twice  the  distance  be- 
tween the  buttons  in  each  set. 

The  collar  shall  be  of  dark-blue  velvet,  either  If  or  2  inches  high; 
embroidered  all  the  way  round  with  gold  oak  leaves  in  the  prescribed 
design;  the  corners  in  front  being  square  with  hooks  and  eyes  at  top 
and  bottom,  and  joined  to  the  body  of  the  coat  close  to  the  neck  in 
such  manner  that  the  collar  shall  be  upright  and  fit  the  neck  closely. 
(See  PL  37.) 

There  shall  be  two  pockets  in  the  folds  of  the  skirt  at  the  back, 
each  pocket  having  a  three-pointed  side  edge  in  the  fold  of  the  skirt 
piped  with  scarlet  cloth  J  inch  wide,  the  upper  point  being  at  the 
waist,  the  lower  point  being  3^  inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  coat,  and 
the  central  point  being  midway  between  the  other  two,  with  one  40- 
ligne  Marine  Corps  button  at  each  point. 

The  cuffs  shall  be  of  dark-blue  velvet,  4  inches  deep  from  the  bot- 
tom of  the  sleeve,  surmounted  on  the  upper  side  of  the  sleeve  by  a 
three-pointed  strap  of  dark-blue  velvet  8  inches  long  and  3f  inches 
wide,  the  cuffs  and  straps  bearing  the  prescribed  ornamentation  in 
gold  embroidery,  and  there  shall  be  a  27-ligne  Marine  Corps  button 
in  the  angle  of  each  point  of  the  strap.  (See  PL  26.) 

The  shoulders  of  the  coat  shall  be  fitted  with  metal  attachments 
for  securing  epaulets  and  shoulder  knots. 

(a)  Brigadier  generals  of  the  line. — The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  the 
same  as  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Commandant,  except  that 
there  will  be  eight  buttons  in  each  row,  placed  in  pairs,  and  the 
collar  and  sleeve  ornamentations  shall  be  those  prescribed  for  briga- 
dier generals.  (PL  26-a.) 
30 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          31 

(Z>)  Brigadier  generals  of  the  staff. — The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  the 
same  as  prescribed  for  all  officers  of  the  staff,  omitting  all  scarlet 
piping  and  substituting  cuffs  and  collar  of  dark-blue  velvet.  The 
collar  and  sleeve  ornamentations  to  be  those  prescribed  for  briga- 
dier generals.  (PI.  26-a.) 

96.  All  officers  of  the  line. — (Pis.  2,  4.)     The  full-dress  coat  shall  be 
a  double-breasted  frock  coat  with  standing  collar,  of  dark-blue  cloth 
lined  with  black  silk,  skirt  extending  to  1  inch  below  the  crotch, 
having  two  rows  of  40-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  on  the  front  from 
the  collar  bone  to  the  waist,  eight  buttons  in  each  row,  the  distances 
between  the  rows  being  from  7  to  9  inches  at  the  top  and  from  3  to  5 
inches  at  the  waist,  distances  measured  from  centers  of  buttons,  the 
buttons  in  each  row  being  equally  spaced. 

The  collar  shall  be  either  If  or  2  inches  high,  the  corners  in  front 
being  square  with  hooks  and  eyes  at  the  top  and  bottom,  and  joined 
to  the  body  of  the  coat  close  to  the  neck  in  such  manner  that  the  collar 
shall  be  upright  and  fit  the  neck  closely.  The  top  and  front  edges  of 
the  collar  shall  be  piped  with  scarlet  cloth  J  inch  wide,  and  the 
collar  shall  be  covered  with  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  extending  from 
the  lower  edge  of  the  piping  at  the  top  to  the  seam  at  the  base,  the 
If -inch  collar  being  trimmed  with  No.  3  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  \\ 
inches  wide,  and  the  2-inch  collar  being  trimmed  with  No.  1  Marine 
Corps  gold  lace  1}  inches  wide.  At  a  distance  of  J  of  an  inch  below 
this  gold  lace  there  shall  be  a  tracing  braid  of  No.  9  Marine  Corps 
gold  lace  J  of  an  inch  wide  extending  all  around  the  neck  and  turned 
up  at  the  front  edges  of  the  collar  to  meet  the  gold  lace  trimming  of 
the  collar.  (See  PI.  38.) 

There  shall  be  two  pockets  in  the  folds  of  the  skirt  at  the  back, 
each  pocket  having  a  three-pointed  side  edge  in  the  fold  of  the  skirt 
piped  with  scarlet  cloth  J  inch  wide,  the  upper  point  being  at  the 
waist,  the  lower  point  being  3J  inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  coat, 
and  the  central  point  being  midway  between  the  other  two,  with  one 
40-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  at  each  point. 

The  shoulders  of  the  coat  shall  be  fitted  with  metal  attachments 
for  securing  epaulets  and  shoulder  knots. 

97.  The  sleeves  of  this  coat  shah1  be  ornamented  with  the  prescribed 
design  according  to  rank,  as  follows  (see  Pis.  26  to  36) : 

Colonel. — The  sleeve  ornament  shall  be  of  gold  lace  and  braid 
placed  upon  scarlet  cloth,  in  the  shape  of  a  chevron  on  the  upper 
sleeve,  the  lower  ends  of  which  shall  extend  around  the  under  sleeve 
and  join;  the  lace  being  No.  3  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  1J  inches  wide, 
trimmed  on  each  side  with  No.  9  Marine  Corps  gold  tracing  braid  J 
inch  wide  laid  on  in  double  overhand  loops  J  of  an  inch  in  diameter 
at  a  distance  of  J  inch  from  the  gold  lace,  except  at  the  point  of  the 
chevron  and  in  the  lower  angle  of  the  chevron.  At  the  point  of  the 


32          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

chevron  the  tracing  braid  shall  form  a  double  knot  surmounted  by  a 
loop,  according  to  the  prescribed  pattern.  In  the  lower  angle  of  the 
chevron  the  tracing  braid  shall  form  eight  loops,  four  on  each  side, 
ending  in  a  twisted  loop  f  of  an  inch  wide  at  the  widest  part.  The 
dimensions  of  the  ornament  shall  be  as  follows : 

From  point  of  gold-lace  chevron  to  bottom  of  cuff,  8f  inches;  length 
of  gold  lace  at  vertical  seam  in  front,  4  inches;  bottom  edge  of  gold 
lace  at  side  from  bottom  of  sleeve,  1^  inches;  bottom  of  ornament  at 
center,  from  bottom  of  cuff,  J  inch;  width  of  horizontal  loops  at  the 
point  of  the  chevron,  3  inches  from  outside  edge  of  braid ;  upper  loops 
2J  inches  from  outside  edge  of  braid;  vertical  height  of  lower  loops,  f 
inch;  vertical  height  of  upper  loops,  1^  inches;  width  of  extreme  top 
loop,  J  inch;  top  of  ornament  from  bottom  of  cuff,  12 J  inches. 

The  scarlet-cloth  backing  of  the  gold  ornamentation  shall  show  J 
inch  between  the  gold  lace  and  the  tracing  braid  trimming  on  the 
edges  and  on  the  inside  of  the  loops  above  the  point  of  the  chevron 
and  in  the  lower  angle  of  the  chevron.  (PI.  28.) 

Lieutenant  colonel. — The  sleeve  ornament  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
for  colonel,  except  that  the  knot  over  the  point  of  the  chevron  shall 
be  in  the  form  of  three  loops,  one  vertical  and  two  horizontal,  the 
horizontal  loops  being  rounded  at  the  ends  and  the  vertical  loop  being 
pointed  at  the  top.  The  width  of  the  horizontal  loops  shall  be  2J 
inches  from  point  to  point,  measuring  from  the  outside  of  the  gold 
tracing  braid,  and  the  height  of  the  vertical  loop  shall  be  2J  inches 
from  the  outside  of  the  gold  tracing  braid.  The  vertical  height  of  the 
horizontal  loops  shall  be  fj  of  an  inch,  and  the  width  of  the  vertical 
loop  |  inch  at  the  widest  part.  The  vertical  height  of  this  ornament 
shall  be  11 A  inches  from  bottom  of  cuff.  (PL  30.) 

Major. — The  sleeve  ornament  shall  be  the  same  as  that  for  lieu- 
tenant colonel,  omitting  the  three  loops  over  the  point  of  the  chevron 
and  substituting  therefor  the  double  overhand  loops  of  tracing  braid, 
one  of  which  shall  be  placed  at  the  extreme  point  of  the  chevron  to 
give  it  a  pointed  effect.  (PI  .  32.) 

Captain. — The  sleeve  ornament  shall  be  a  knot  of  No.  8  Marine 
Corps  gold  tubular  braid  f  inch  wide  of  the  prescribed  design  on 
scarlet  cloth  on  the  upper  sleeve.  On  both  edges  of  this  tubular 
braid  throughout  the  knot  there  shall  be  placed  a  tracing  braid  of 
No.  9  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  J  inch  wide.  The  tubular  braid  and 
the  edging  tracing  braid  shall  be  carried  from  the  bottom  of  the  knot 
evenly  around  the  entire  sleeve.  Around  the  outer  edge  of  the  whole 
knot  and  on  both  sides  of  the  accompanying  strip  around  the  sleeve 
there  shall  be  placed  at  a  distance  of  J  inch  rows  of  abutting  double 
overhand  loops  \  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  made  of  No.  9  Marine  Corps 
gold  lace,  except  in  the  angle  at  the  bottom  of  the  knot,  where  the 
tracing  braid  shall  be  worked  in  the  prescribed  design.  The  scarlet 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS.  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          33 

cloth  shall  show  through  the  interstices  of  the  knot  and  between  the 
knot  and  the  rows  of  overhand  loops  around  the  edges. 

The  dimensions  of  the  ornament  shall  be  as  follows ;  Height  of  com- 
plete ornament  from  the  bottom  of  the  sleeve,  11^  inches;  height  of 
knot  from  angle  at  bottom  to  top,  8^  inches;  width  of  knot  at 
widest  point,  5^  inches;  the  diamond  at  the  center  of  the  knot 
being  about  J  of  an  inch  high  and  f  of  an  inch  wide;  the  angle  at  the 
bottom  of  the  knot  being  3  inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  sleeve; 
the  lowest  point  of  the  ornament  being  J  of  an  inch  from  the  bottom 
of  the  sleeve;  and  the  bottom  of  the  braid  at  the  sides  of  the  sleeve 
being  2  inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  sleeve.  (PI.  34.) 

First  lieutenant. — The  sleeve  ornament  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  for  captain,  omitting  the  rows  of  double  overhand  loops 
of  tracing  braid  around  the  edges  of  the  knot  and  braid  around  the 
sleeve.  (PL  35.) 

Second  lieutenant. — The  sleeve  ornament  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  for  first  lieutenant,  omitting  the  design  in  the  angle  at  the 
bottom  of  the  knot.  (PI.  36.) 

Warrant  officers. — The  sleeve  ornament  for  the  overcoat  shall  con- 
sist of  a  strip  of  mohair  braid  f  of  an  inch  wide  of  the  same  color 
as  the  coat.  The  ends  of  the  braid  shall  join  at  the  back  of  the 
sleeve  and  passing  around  the  sleeve  2  inches  from  bottom  at  seam 
and  extending  diagonally  shall  cross  and  form  on  front  of  sleeve  an 
elongated  figure  "8";  the  top  point  of  top  of  loop  shall  be  10J  inches 
from  bottom  of  sleeve.  The  inside  of  lower  loop  of  the  figure  "8" 
shall  be  3|  inches  high  by  If  inches  wide;  the  upper  loop,  inside,  to 
be  2  inches  high  by  1J  inchss  wide.  (PL  36-a.) 

98.  All  officers  of  the  staff. — (PL  3.)  The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  a 
single-breasted  dark-blue  cloth  tunic  lined  with  black  silk,  skirt  ex- 
tending to  1  inch  below  the  crotch ;  with  eight  40-ligne  Marine  Corps 
buttons  placed  at  equal  distance  down  the  front,  the  upper  button 
being  -J  of  an  inch  from  the  collar  and  the  lower  button  at  the  waist ; 
the  skirt  being  closed  behind  and  there  trimmed  as  is  the  full-dress 
coat  of  officers  of  the  line  of  the  corps,  omitting  the  pockets  in  the 
folds  of  the  skirt ;  the  cuff  ornaments  being  of  the  same  character  and 
design  as  for  full-dress  coat  of  officers  of  the  line  of  corresponding 
grade,  omitting  the  scarlet  cloth,  the  tracing  braid  being  close  against 
the  lace  of  the  chevron  or  knot,  and  the  design  at  the  lower  angle  of 
field  officers'  chevron  being  made  solid,  and  of  five  loops  instead  of 
four. 

The  total  height  of  the  sleeve  ornament  from  the  bottom  of  the 
sleeve  shall  be  for  a  colonel,  12  inches;  for  a  lieutenant  colonel,  HT$; 
for  a  major,  SY&  ;  f°r  a  captain,  11  inches;  the  distance  from  the  bot- 
tom of  the  cuff  to  the  gold  lace  at  sides  of  the  sleeve  ornament  for  a 

101461°— 17 3 


34          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

field  officer  being  J  inch;  for  a  captain  2  inches.  The  collar  shall  be 
of  the  same  description  and  dimensions  as  that  prescribed  for  officers 
of  the  line,  except  that  in  the  center  of  the  back  the  tracing  braid 
shall  be  formed  into  one  vertical  loop  and  two  horizontal  loops,  the 
horizontal  loops  being  2f  inches  in  length,  measuring  from  the  out- 
side edges  of  tracing  braid,  and  the  vertical  loop  being  IfJ-  inches  in 
length  from  outside  edges  of  braid;  the  horizontal  loops  being  f  of 
an  inch  wide  and  the  vertical  loops  }  of  an  inch  wide.  (PL  38.) 
The  front  and  bottom  edges  of  the  skirt  of  the  coat  to  be  piped  with 
J  inch  scarlet  cloth  in  the  same  manner  as  the  collar.  The  shoulders 
of  the  coat  shall  be  fitted  with  metal  attachments  for  securing  shoulder 
knots. 

Shoulder  knots  and  aiguillettes  shall  be  worn  with  special  full-dress 
and  full-dress. 

MESS  JACKET.     (Pis.  5,  6.) 

99.  All  officers.— The  mess  jacket  shall  be  a  round  shell  jacket  of 
dark-blue  cloth  lined  with  scarlet  silk,  the  lining  extending  to  the 
edges  of  the  coat  at  the  front  and  bottom.  At  the  sides  the  coat 
shall  extend  to  the  points  of  the  hip  bones,  and  from  there  shall 
curve  slightly  to  points  at  the  front  and  in  the  center  of  the  back. 
On  the  right  side  of  the  front,  J  inch  from  the  edge,  there  shall  be  six- 
teen 27-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  equally  spaced  from  the  collar  to 
the  bottom  of  the  coat,  with  buttonholes  to  match  on  the  left  side, 
the  buttonholes  being  cut  through  the  coat  and  lining,  worked,  and 
then  closed  in  such  manner  that  the  scarlet  lining  shall  not  show 
through,  it  not  being  intended  that  the  jacket  shall  be  buttoned. 
The  collar  shall  be  of  the  same  style  as  prescribed  for  the  full-dress 
coat,  except  that  the  upper  hook  and  eye  and  the  lower  eye  shall  be 
omitted  and  in  place  of  the  lower  eye  there  shall  be  a  loop  of  J- 
inch  gold  cord  1  inch  in  length,  into  which  the  hook  shall  be 
placed  when  the  coat  is  worn.  For  the  Major  General  Commandant 
(PL  37)  and  all  other  general  officers  (PL  37-a)  the  collar  shall  be 
embroidered  with  gold  oak  leaves  on  dark-blue  cloth  in  accordance 
with  the  prescribed  design;  for  all  other  officers  the  collar  ornamen- 
tation shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  full-dress  coat.  (PL 
38.)  The  sleeve  ornament  for  the  Major  General  Commandant 
(PL  27)  and  for  all  other  general  officers  (PL  27-a)  shall  be  an  em- 
broidered design  of  oak  leaves  and  acorns  on  dark-blue  cloth ;  and  for 
all  other  officers  the  design  prescribed  for  the  full-dress  coat,  omit- 
ting the  scarlet  backing.  The  shoulder  knots  prescribed  for  full 
dress  shall  be  worn  with  the  mess  jacket,  which  shall  be  fitted  with 
proper  metal  attachments  therefor.  Officers  of  the  staff  shall  wear 
aiguillettes  with  the  mess  jacket.  Brigadier  generals  of  the  staff 
will  continue  to  wear  on  this  jacket  the  shoulder  knots  and  aiguil- 
lettes heretofore  worn  with  full  dress. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          35 

WHITE  MESS  JACKET. 

100.  All  officers. — The  white  mess  jacket  shall  be  made  of  white 
duck  or  drill  of  the  same  shape  and  cut  as  the  mess  jacket,  with  cuffs, 
shoulder  straps,  and  collar  the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  white 
undress  coat,  except  that  on  the  collar  the  upper  hook  and  eye  and 
the  lower  eye  shall  be  omitted  and  in  place  of  the  lower  eye  there 
shall  be  a  loop  of  J-inch  white  tracing  braid  1  inch  long  into  which  the 
hook  shall  be  hooked  when  the  coat  is  worn.     On  the  right  side  of 
the  front,  i  of  an  inch  from  the  edge,  there  shall  be  sixteen  27-ligne 
Marine  Corps  buttons  equally  spaced  from  the  collar  to  the  bottom  of 
the  coat  and  secured  to  the  coat  through  worked  eyelets  by  metal 
rings,  with  the  buttonholes  to  match  on  the  left  side.     The  corps 
devices,  insignia  of  rank,  and  departmental  and  aid-de-camp  devices 
shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  the  white  undress  coat,  and 
they  shall  be  worn  in  the  same  positions.     The  white  mess  jacket 
shall  be  worn  unbuttoned. 

UNDRESS  COAT.     (PL  7.) 

101.  All  officers. — The  undress  coat  shall  be  a  single-breasted  sack 
coat  of  dark-blue  cloth  or  serge  with  standing  collar,  cut  to  fit  the 
figure  easily,  lined  with  black,  extending  to  the  crotch,  closed  in 
front  by  five  40-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons,  equally  spaced,  on  the 
right  side,  the  top  button  being  f  of  an  inch  below  the  collar  opening 
and  the  lower  button  at  the  waist  line.     The  collar  shall  be  of  the  same 
material  as  the  coat,  If  or  2  inches  high,  lined  with  white  material, 
and  stiffened,  the  corners  in  front  being  square  with  hooks  and  eyes 
at  the  top  and  bottom,  joined  to  the  body  of  the  coat  close  to  the 
neck  in  such  manner  that  the  collar  shall  be  upright  and  fit  the  neck 
closely  at  the  top  and  bottom,  and  shall  be  provided  with  a  flap 
underneath  to  cover  the  collar  opening.    On  each  shoulder  there  shall 
be  a  strap  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  lined  with  black  silk  or 
serge  lining,  sewed  in  at  the  shoulder  seam  and  reaching  to  the  bottom 
edge  of  the  collar,  3  inches  wide  at  the  shoulder  seam  and  tapering  to 
1J  inches  wide  at  a  point  1  inch  from  the  collar  end,  which  end  shall 
be  rounded  and  attached  to  the  coat  by  means  of  a  27-ligne  Marine 
Corps  button  sewed  to  the  coat  and  a  corresponding  buttonhole  in 
the  end  of  the  strap,  the  strap  being  sewed  to  the  coat  at  the  shoulder 
seam  only. 

On  the  front  of  the  coat  there  shall  be  four  patch  pockets  of  the  same 
material  as  the  coat,  the  two  upper  pockets  being  on  the  breast  on 
each  side,  5^  inches  deep  and  from  5£  to  6  inches  wide,  and  vertically 
pleated  down  the  center  by  a  pleat  1J  inches  wide,  the  tops  of  the 
pockets  being  on  a  horizontal  line  1  inch  below  the  points  of  the 
shoulders;  the  two  lower  pockets  being  without  pleats  and  placed  be- 
neath the  upper  pockets,  6J  inches  deep  and  from  6  to  7  inches  wide. 


36          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

the  tops  being  on  a  horizontal  line  1  inch  below  the  waist  line.  The 
upper  pockets  shall  be  closed  by  flaps  of  the  same  width  as  the  pocket 
and  1 J  inches  deep  at  the  ends,  curving  thence  to  a  point  at  the  center, 
where  the  depth  shall  be  3  inches,  and  the  lower  pockets  shall  be 
closed  with  similar  flaps  If  inches  deep  at  the  ends  and  3J  inches  deep 
at  the  center,  all  the  flaps  being  stitched  to  the  coat  above  the  pockets, 
lined  with  material  similar  to  the  lining  of  the  coat,  and  secured  to 
the  pocket  by  a  27-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  on  the  pocket,  buttoning 
through  a  vertical  buttonhole  worked  in  the  flap  at  the  center  f  of  an 
inch  above  the  point. 

Extending  from  the  neck  at  the  front  of  the  coat  to  the  top  of  the 
upper  pocket  on  each  side  there  shall  be  two  welted  gore  seams, 
about  1J  inches  apart.  Inside  pockets  may  be  added  if  desired. 

Around  the  bottom  of  each  sleeve  there  shall  be  a  cuff  of  the  same 
material  as  the  coat,  3  inches  wide  on  the  under  sleeve  and  curving 
to  a  point  at  the  center  of  the  upper  sleeve  6  inches  above  the  bottom 
of  the  sleeve. 

In  the  left  side  seam  there  shall  be  a  horizontal  opening  about  2 
inches  long  and  at  the  proper  place  to  allow  the  sword  slings  to  pass 
through  readily  when  the  sword  belt  is  worn  underneath  the  coat,  this 
opening  being  provided  with  a  fly  on  the  inner  side  of  the  coat  to  cover 
the  opening  when  not  in  use  for  the  sword  sling. 

All  the  seams  shall  be  plain.  The  front  edges  and  bottom  of  the 
coat,  the  edges  of  all  the  pocket  flaps,  and  the  upper  edges  of  the 
cuffs  shall  be  stitched  with  one  row  of  plain  stitching  J  of  an  inch 
from  the  edge. 

The  corps  device  for  collars  in  silver  and  gold,  of  the  prescribed 
design  and  size,  shall  be  worn  on  each  side  of  the  front  of  the  collar, 
with  the  point  of  the  crown  of  the  anchor  to  the  front,  and  1J  inches 
from  the  neck  opening  of  the  collar,  the  device  being  placed  vertically 
in  the  center  of  the  collar. 

The  devices  for  the  different  departments  of  the  staff  and  for 
aids-de-camp  shall  be  worn  by  those  for  whom  prescribed  on  the 
collar  f  of  an  inch  in  rear  of  the  corps  devices. 

The  prescribed  insignia  of  rank  shall  be  embroidered  in  gold  or 
silver  according  to  the  grade  of  the  wearer  on  the  center  line  of  each 
shoulder  strap,  with  its  outer  edge  J  of  an  inch  from  the  shoulder 

seam. 

WHITE  UNDRESS  COAT.     (PL  10.) 

102.  All  officers. — The  white  undress  coat  shall  be  a  single-breasted 
sack  coat  of  white  duck  or  drill,  of  the  same  design,  description,  and 
measurements  as  the  undress  coat  for  officers,  except  that  it  shall  not 
be  lined;  the  insignia  of  rank  worn  thereon  shall  be  of  metal;  and  all 
devices,  insignia,  and  buttons  shall  be  detachable  and  worn  in  the 
positions  prescribed  for  the  undress  coat. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.         37 

SUMMER  FIELD  COAT.     (PL  11.) 

103.  All  officers. — The  summer  field  coat  shall  be  made  of  cotton 
drill  of  the  same  color  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  of  the  same  design,  description, 
and  measurements  as  the  white  undress  coat,  except  that  the  open- 
ing for  the  sword  slings  shall  be  omitted.     The  corps  and  other  devices 
and  the  buttons  shall  be  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal,  and  the  insignia 
of  rank  of  gold  or  silver,  according  to  the  grade  of  the  wearer,  and 
they  shall  be  worn  as  prescribed  for  the  white  undress  coat. 

WINTER  FIELD  COAT.     (PL  12.) 

104.  All  officers. — The  winter  field  coat  shall  be  a  single-breasted 
sack  coat  of  the  same  material,  or,  if  desired,  they  may  be  made  of 
serge  of  the  same  color  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  with  standing  collar,  cut  to  fit  the 
figure  easily,  lined  with  material  of  the  same  color  as  the  cloth, 
extending  to  the  crotch,  closed  in  front  with  five  40-ligne  Marine 
Corps  buttons  of  dull-finish  bronze,  equally  spaced  on  the  right 
side,  the  top  button  being  three-fourths  of  an  inch  below  the  collar 
opening  and  the  lower  button  at  the  waistline.     The  collar  shall  be 
of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  If  or  2  inches  high,  lined  with  mate- 
rial of  the  same  color,  and  stiffened,  the  corners  in  front  being  square, 
with  hooks  and  eyes  at  the  top  and  bottom,  joined  to  the  body  of 
the  coat  close  to  the  neck  in  such    manner  that  the  collar  shall  be 
upright  and  fit  the  neck  closely  at  the  top  and  bottom,  and  shall  be 
provided  with  a  flap  underneath  to  cover  the  collar  opening.     On 
each  shoulder  there  shall  be  a  strap  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat, 
and  lined  with  material  of  the  same  color  as  the  coat,  sewed  in  at 
the  shoulder  seam  and  reaching  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  collar,  3 
inches  wide  at  the  shoulder  seam  and  tapering  to  If  inches  wide  at 
a  point  1  inch  from  the  collar  end,  which  end  shall  be  rounded  and 
attached  to  the  coat  by  means  of  a  27-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of 
dull-finish  bronze  sewed  to  the  coat  and  a  correspond  ing  button- 
hole worked  in  the  end  of  the  strap,  the  strap  being  sewed  to  the  coat 
at  the  shoulder  seam  only.     On  the  front  there  shall  be  four  patch 
pockets  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  the  two  upper  pockets 
being  on  the  breast  on  each  side,  7  inches  deep  and  6  inches  wide, 
inside  measurements,  and  vertically  pleated  down  the  center  by  a 
pleat  1^  inches  wide,  the  top  of  these  pockets  being  on  a  horizontal 
line  1  inch  below  the  points  of  the  shoulder:  the  two  lower  pockets 
being  beneath  the  upper  pockets  and  of  bellows  type,   8J  inches 
deep  and  7  inches  wide,  inside  measurements.     The  upper  pockets 
shall  be  closed  by  flaps  of  the  same  width  as  the  pockets  and  1^ 
inches  deep  at  the  ends,  curving  thence  to  a  point  at  the  center, 


38          UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS. 

where  the  depth  shall  be  3  inches,  and  the  lower  pockets  shall  be 
closed  with  similar  flaps  If  inches  deep  at  the  ends  and  3J  inches 
deep  at  the  center,  all  of  these  pocket  flaps  being  lined  with  material 
similar  to  the  lining  of  the  coat  and  secured  to  the  pockets  by  a 
27-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of  dull-finish  bronze  on  the  pocket 
buttoning  through  a  vertical  buttonhole  worked  in  the  flap  at  the 
center  three-eighths  of  an  inch  above  the  point.  Extending  from 
the  neck  at  the  front  of  the  coat  on  each  side  to  the  top  of  each 
upper  pocket  there  shall  be  two  welted  gore  seams,  about  1^  inches 
apart  at  the  collar  and  2  inches  apart  at  the  top  of  the  pocket. 
Inside  pockets  may  be  added  if  desired.  Around  the  bottom  of 
each  sleeve  there  shall  be  a  cuff  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  3 
inches  wide  on  the  under  sleeve  and  curving  to  a  point  at  the  center 
of  the  upper  sleeve  6  inches  above  the  bottom  of  the  sleeve.  The 
coat  shall  be  piped  down  the  front  edges,  around  the  bottom,  at 
the  base  of  the  collar,  around  the  tops  of  the  cuffs,  and  around  the 
edges  of  the  shoulder  straps  with  one-eighth  inch  scarlet  flannel. 
The  prescribed  Marine  Corps  device,  and  the  devices  prescribed  for 
the  departments  of  the  staff  and  for  aids-de-camp,  in  dull-finish 
bronze  metal,  shall  be  worn  in  the  same  positions  as  prescribed  for 
the  undress  coat.  The  prescribed  insignia  of  rank,  embroidered  in 
gold  or  silver,  according  to  the  grade  of  the  wearer,  shall  be  worn  on 
the  center  of  each  shoulder  strap,  with  its  outer  edge  three-fourths 
of  an  inch  from  the  shoulder  seam. 

NOTE. — The  piping  on  this  coat  will  be  temporarily  omitted. 
(Changes  No.  8.) 

OVERCOAT.     (PL  13.) 

105.  AU  officers. — The  overcoat  shall  be  made  of  the  same  material 
and  color  as  the  standard  samples  of  cloth  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps.  It  shall  be  double-breasted  with 
two  rows  of  45-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  of  dull-finish  bronze  on 
the  front,  five  buttons  in  each  row,  equally  spaced  in  each  row,  the 
distance  between  the  rows  being  12  inches  at  the  top  and  6  inches 
at  the  bottom,  the  upper  buttons  being  on  a  horizontal  line  with  the 
collar  opening  and  the  lower  buttons  being  1  inch  below  the  waist 
line,  the  coat  overlapping  in  front  a  distance  equal  to  the  distance 
between  the  two  rows  of  buttons.  The  coat  shall  extend  to  from  8 
to  10  inches  below  the  knee  when  the  wearer  is  in  a  standing  position. 
The  back  shall  be  cut  semifull.  There  shall  be  a  vent  in  the  center 
of  the  back,  extending  from  the  height  of  the  crotch  to  the  bottom  of 
the  coat.  The  left  side  of  the  vent  shall  overlap  the  right  side  2  inches. 
The  back  of  the  waist  shall  have  two  straps  of  the  same  material  as 
the  coat,  attached  to  the  coat  at  the  side  seams,  the  straps  being  2J 
inches  wide,  the  right  strap  having  two  buttonholes  and  the  left  strap 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          39 

two  45-ligne  Marine  Corps  dull-finish  bronze  buttons,  the  length  of 
the  straps  and  the  positions  of  the  buttons  and  buttonholes  being 
such  that  when  buttoned  the  coat  will  fit  snugly  at  the  waist.  The 
coat  shall  have  a  standing  rolling  collar,  1J  to  2  inches  stand  and  4J 
inches  leaf,  with  one  cloak  clasp  and  eye  on  the  standing  parts,  of 
sufficient  height  to  hold  the  collar  in  an  upright  position,  and  a  tab 
on  the  leaf  part  for  securing  the  collar  in  the  standing  position.  On 
each  shoulder  there  shall  be  a  strap  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat, 
stitched  in  at  the  shoulder  seam  and  extending  to  the  base  of  the 
collar;  the  shoulder  end  being  3  inches  wide  and  from  there  tapering 
to  1  \  inches  wide  at  a  point  1  inch  from  the  collar  end,  which  end 
shall  be  rounded  and  attached  to  the  coat  by  means  of  a  27-ligne 
Marine  Corps  button  of  dull-finish  bronze.  The  strap  shall  be  stitched 
to  the  coat  with  one  row  of  stitching  1}  inches  from  the  shoulder  seam 
and  shall  have  two  rows  of  diagonal  cross  stitching  between  this  row 
and  the  shoulder  seam.  The  insignia  of  rank  prescribed  for  the  white 
undress  coat  and  departmental  and  aid-de-camp  devices  in  dull- 
finish  bronze,  shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulder  straps,  the  insignia  of  rank 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  from  the  shoulder  seam  and  the  other  device 
five-eighths  of  an  inch  nearer  the  collar  end.  The  sleeves  shall  be 
trimmed  with  mohair  braid  of  the  same  color  as  the  coat,  in  the  same 
manner  and  after  the  same  design  as  prescribed  for  the  full-dress  coat, 
omitting  the  scarlet  cloth  backing,  the  measurements  all  being  the 
same.  For  the  Major  General  Commandant  and  other  general  officers 
the  sleeves  shall  be  trimmed  with  the  design  prescribed  for  the  full- 
dress  coat,  embroidered  in  silk  of  the  same  color  as  the  coat,  the  braid 
at  top  of  design  to  be  of  mohair  of  same  color  as  used  on  the  overcoats 
of  other  officers.  There  shall  be  two  welted  pockets,  welts  1J  inches 
wide,  one  on  each  side,  with  perpendicular  openings  7  inches  long  on 
the  outside  of  the  coat,  the  top  of  the  opening  being  opposite  the  lower 
button  and  placed  on  a  line  with  the  front  seam  of  the  sleeve.  Inside 
breast  pockets  may  be  added  if  desired.  A  tab  5£  inches  long  and  2 
inches  wide  shall  be  provided  with  a  buttonhole  in  each  end  and  a 
27-ligne  Marine  Corps  dull-finish  bronze  button  on  the  inside  of  each 
front  edge  of  the  coat  3  inches  from  the  bottom  so  that  the  coat  skirts 
may  be  buttoned  back  for  marching.  The  body  of  the  coat  shall  be 
lined  with  flannel  or  cloth  of  the  same  shade  as  the  material  of  the 
coat,  and  there  shall  be  placed  on  top  of  lining  a  yoke  of  Italian  cloth 
or  silk,  of  the  same  color,  for  a  depth  of  16  inches  from  base  of  collar. 
On  the  left  side  opposite  the  point  of  the  hip  bone  there  shall  be  a  ver- 
tical slit  extending  5  inches  down  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  belt  for 
the  sword  slings  when  the  sword  belt  is  worn  beneath  the  overcoat. 
The  edges  of  the  collar,  shoulder  straps,  tabs,  back  straps,  pocket  welts, 
and  back  vent,  and  the  front  edges  of  the  coat  shall  be  stitched  with 
one  row  of  plain  stitching  one-fourth  of  an  inch  from  the  edge. 


40          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

CLOAK.     (PL  9.) 

106,  All  officers. — The  cloak  shall  be  of  dark-blue  cloth  lined  with 
scarlet  cloth,  cut  to  form  three-fourths  of  a  circle,  and  reaching  to  a 
point  about  2  inches  below  the  knee  when  the  wearer  is  in  a  standing 
position.     The  front  and  bottom  edges  shall  be  trimmed  with  black 
flat  mohair  braid  one-half  of  an  inch  wide.     It  shah1  have  a  stand- 
ing rolling  collar  of  black  velvet,  l|-inch  stand  and  leaf  4  inches 
wide,  and  shall  be  closed  by  two  black  hooks  and  corresponding 
eyes  at  the  neck,  and  four  small  black  buttons  down  the  right  front 
edge  with  corresponding  buttonholes  under  a  fly  flap  on  the  left 
front  edge.     Across  the  front  there  shall  be  an  agraffe  from  18  to  24 
inches  long,  of  round  black  mohair  braid  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  with  a  black  mohair  covered  frog  If  inches  long  on  each 
si'de  at  the  point  of  the  shoulder,  the  agraffe  being  permanently 
attached  to  the  frog  on  the  left  side  and  buttoning  over  the  frog  on 
the  right  side.     The  agraffe  shall  have  three  knots,  one  at  the  center 
and  one  midway  between  the  center  and  each  end  with  a  black- 
covered  slide  1  inch  long  on  each  side  between  the  center  and  end 
knot.    There  may  be  inside  pockets  on  one  or  both  sides  of  the  cloak. 

KAINCOAT. 

107,  All  officers. — The  raincoat  or  cape  shall  be  of  rubber  cloth  or 
waterproof  material,  cut  to  fit  the  figure  loosely,  and  reaching  to  a 
point  about  8  inches  below  the  knee  when  the  wearer  is  in  a  standing 
position,  and  the  color  shall  be  approximately  the  same  as  that  of  the 
winter  field  uniform. 

MESS-DRESS  WAISTCOAT.     (Pis.  5,  6.) 

108.  All  officers. — The  mess-dress  waistcoat  shall  be  of  white  duck 
or  drill,  single  breasted,  with  a  rolling  collar,  and  it  shall  be  closed 
by  means  of  four  27-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  on  the  right  side 
with  corresponding  buttonholes  on  the  left  side,  all  buttons  being 
detachable.     It  shall  be  so  made  that  no  part  of  it  will  extend  below 
the  bottom  edge  of  the  mess  jacket. 

WHITE   SHIRT. 

109.  All  officers. — Plain  white  linen  shirts  without  stripes  or  figures 
of  any  pattern,  with  stiff  starched  bosoms,  without  pleats,  opening  in 
front  and  fastened  with  two  or  three  studs  of  plain  gold,  with  plain 
white  linen  starched  cuffs,  shall  be  worn  with  mess  dress.     Shirts  and 
cuffs  worn  with  special  full-dress,  full-dress,  and  undress  uniforms 
shall  be  all  white,  but  the  shirts  need  not  have  stiff  bosoms. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS.       41 
FLANNEL  SHIRT. 

110.  All  officers. — The  flannel  shirt  shall  be  of  wool,  of  the  same 
color  as  the  summer  field  uniform,  with  a  rolling  collar  1J  inches  wide; 
one  patch  pocket  on  each  breast  closed  by  a  V-shaped  flap;  cuffs  2J 
inches  deep;  the  front,  cuffs,  and  pocket  flaps  closed  by  flat  brown 
bone  buttons  one-half  inch  in  diameter;  and  in  every  respect  accord- 
ing to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps. 

SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  TROUSERS.     (Pis.  2,  3.) 

111.  All  officers. — The  special  full-dress  trousers  shall  be  of  dark 
blue  cloth,  cut  with  medium  spring,  with  long  waist,  fitting  snugly 
about  the  waist,  without  hip  or  side  pockets  or  buckle  straps,  and  with 
a  stripe  of  No.  5  marine  gold  lace  1 J  inches  wide  down  the  outer  seam 
of  each  leg;  and  the  suspender  buttons  shall  be  placed  on  the  inside 
of  the  waistband. 

FULL-DRESS  TROUSERS.     (PI.  4.) 

112.  Major  General  Commandant. — The  full-dress  trousers  shall  be 
of  dark  blue  cloth,  cut  with  medium  spring,  with  side  pockets,  and  a 
stripe  of  black  mohair  braid  1|  inches  wide  down  the  outer  seam  of 
each  leg,  and  the  suspender  buttons  shall  be  placed  on  the  inside  of 
the  waistband. 

(a)  Brigadier  generals,  line  and  staff. — The  full-dress  trousers  shall 
be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Commandant. 

113.  All  line  officers. — The  full-dress  trousers  shall  be  of  sky-blue 
cloth  of  the  same  color  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  cut  with  medium  spring,  with  side 
pockets,  and  a  stripe  of  scarlet  cloth  down  the  outer  seam  of  each 
leg,  1J  inches  wide,  the  edges  of  the  scarlet  cloth  being  welted  one- 
fourth  inch,  and  the  suspender  buttons  shall  be  placed  on  the  inside 
of  the  waistband. 

114.  All  officers  of  the  staff. — The  full-dress  trousers  shall  be  of 
dark  blue  cloth,  cut  with  medium  spring,  with  side  pockets,  and  a 
stripe  of  scarlet  cloth  1  \  inches  wide  down  the  outer  seam  of  each  leg, 
the  edges  of  the  scarlet  cloth  being  welted  one-fourth  of  an  inch,  and 
the  suspender  buttons  shall  be  placed  on  the  inside  of  the  waistband. 

UNDRESS  TROUSERS. 

115.  All    officers. — The    undress    trousers    shall   be    the    same    as 
prescribed  for  full  'dress.     If  desired  they  may  be  made  of  serge  of 
the  same  color. 


42       UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

WHITE  MESS-DRESS  TROUSERS. 

116.  AU  officers. — The    white    mess-dress    trousers    shall  be    of 
white  duck  or  drill,  and  they  shall  be  made  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  special  full-dress  trousers,  omitting  the  stripes  down  the  sides 
of  the  legs. 

WHITE  UNDRESS  TROUSERS.     (PL  10.) 

117.  All  officers. — The  white  undress  trousers  shall  be  of  white 
duck  or  drill,  and  they  shall  be  made  in  the  same  manner  as  pre- 
scribed for  full-dress  trousers,  omitting  the  stripes  down  the  outer 
seams  of  the  legs. 

SUMMER  FIELD  TROUSERS. 

118.  AU  officers. — The  summer  field  trousers  shall  be  of  cotton 
drill  of  the  same  color  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  they  shall  be  made  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  white  undress  trousers.     The  suspender  buttons 
shall  be  sewed  on  the  inside  of  the  waistband,  which  shall  have  six 
belt  loops.    These  trousers  shall  be  worn  with  summer  field  dress 
when  leggings  are  not  worn. 

WINTER  FIELD  TROUSERS. 

119.  AU  officers. — The  winter  field  trousers  shall  be  made  of  the 
same  material  as  the  winter  field  coat,  or  if  desired  they  may  be 
made  of  serge  of  the  same  color,  and  shall  be  cut  with  a  medium 
spring,  with  side  pockets,  and  a  welt  of  scarlet  cloth  J  inch  wide 
down  the  outer  seam  of  each  leg.    The  suspender  buttons  shall  be 
on  the  inside  of  the  waistband,  which  shall  have  six  belt  loops. 

NOTE. — The  welts  will  be  temporarily  omitted.     (Changes  No.  8.) 

FULL-DRESS  BREECHES.     (PI.  8.) 

120.  All  officers  required  to  be  mounted. — The  full-dress  breeches 
shall  be  of  the  same  material  and  color  and  have  the  same  stripes  as 
the  full-dress  trousers,  those  for  the  Major  General  Commandant  and 
brigadier  generals,  line  and  staff,  being  of  dark  blue  cloth  with  a 
black  mohair  stripe  1 J  inches  wide  down  the  outer  seam  of  each  leg, 
those  for  officers  of  the  line  being  of  sky-blue  cloth  with  a  scarlet 
stripe  1 J  inches  wide,  and  those  for  officers  of  the  staff  being  of  dark 
blue  cloth  with  a  scarlet  stripe  1J  inches  wide.    They  shall  be  cut 
loose  in  the  thigh,  tight  at  the  knee  and  from  the  knee  down,  with 
ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and  shall  extend  to  a  point  just  above 
the  ankle  joint.    The  outside  seam  of  each  leg  shall  be  slit  from  the 
knee  down,   and  fastened  with  four  black  bone  buttons  equally 
spaced  from  the  knee  to  the  tops  of  the  boots,  and  below  that  point 
by  a  lacing  passed  through  metal  or  worked  eyelets.    The  buttons 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS,         43 

shall  be  on  the  rear  side  of  the  outer  leg  seam  and  shall  fasten  through 
buttonholes  concealed  under  a  fly.  They  shall  have  a  strapping  of 
the  same  material  as  the  breeches,  over  the  contact  surface  on  the 
inside  of  the  leg  and  knee  extending  from  a  little  below  the  tops  of 
the  boots  to  a  point  about  6  inches  below  the  crotch.  They  shall 
have  side  pockets.  Black  boots  with  spurs  shall  be  worn  with  these 
breeches.  The  suspender  buttons  shall  be  on  the  inside  of  the  waist- 
band. 

UNDRESS  BREECHES. 

121.  All  officers  required  to  be  mounted. — The  undress  breeches  shall 
be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  full  dress.    If  desired  they  may 
be  made  of  serge  of  the  same  color. 

SUMMER  FIELD  BREECHES.     (PL  11.) 

122.  All  officers. — The  summer  field  breeches  shall  be  made  of 
cotton  drill  of  the  same  color  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  shall  be  of  the  same  cut, 
dimensions,  and  description  as  the  winter  field  breeches,  except  that 
there  shall  be  no  welts  on  the  outside  seams  of  the  legs.    Tan  leather 
leggings  shall  be  worn  with  these  breeches  by  all  officers  not  required 
to  be  mounted.     Officers  required   to    be  mounted  shall  wear  tan 
leather  leggings  or  tan  boots  with  these  breeches,  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed.   When  boots  are  worn,  spurs  shall  be  worn.    White  breeches 
of  duck  or  drill  made  after  the  same  pattern  and  description  as  the 
summer  field  breeches  may  be  worn  by  mounted  officers  in  the  Tropics 
when  not  on  duty. 

WINTER  FIELD  BREECHES.    (PI.  12.) 

123.  All  officers. — The  winter  field  breeches  shall  be  made  of  woolen 
cloth,  or,  if  desired,  of  serge  of  the  same  color  as  that  prescribed  for 
the  winter  field  coat,  and  they  shall  be  cut  on  the  same  pattern  as  the 
full-dress  breeches.     Down  the  outer  seam  of  each  leg  there  shall  be 
a  welt  of  scarlet  cloth  one-fourth  of  an  inch  wide.     From  the  knee 
to  the  tops  of  the  leggings  or  boots  they  shall  be  fastened  by  four 
small  dark-colored  bone  buttons,  and  below  that  point  by  either 
buttons  or  lacings.     They  shall  have  side  pockets,  and  hip  pockets 
if  desired.     For  officers  required  to  be  mounted  these  breeches  shall 
have  a  strapping  of  the  same  material  as  the  breeches  over  the  contact 
surface  on  the  inside  of  the  leg  and  knee,  extending  from  a  little  below 
the  tops  of  the  boots  or  leggings  to  a  point  about  6  niches  below  the 
crotch.     The  suspender  buttons  shall  be  on  the  inside  of  the  waist- 
band, which  shall  have  six  belt  loops.     Tan  leather  leggings  shall  be 
worn  with  these  breeches  by  all  officers  not  required  to  be  mounted. 
Officers  required  to  be  mounted  shall  wear  tan  leather  leggings  or  tan 


44          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS. 

boots  with  these  breeches,  as  may  be  prescribed.     When  boots  are 
worn,  spurs  shall  be  worn. 

NOTE. — The  welts  will  be  temporarily  omitted.     (Changes  No.  8.) 

CHAPEAU.     (PL  1.) 

124.  Major  General  Commandant. — The  chapeau  shall  be  collapsible 
of  black  silk  beaver.     The  fans  on  each  side  shall  be  of  the  same  size 
with  the  base  curved  so  that  the  center  shall  be  1 J  niches  higher  than 
the  peaks.     The  fans  shall  measure  16  niches  from  peak  to  peak,  and 
5  inches  from  base  to  crown  at  the  center.     On  the  right  fan  there 
shall  be  two  stripes  of  black  watered  silk  ribbon  2J  inches  wide,  laid 
on  diagonally  at  an  angle  of  45°  to  the  front  and  rear.     The  edges 
of  these  ribbons  shall  be  one-half  inch  to  the  front  and  rear  of  the 
center  of  the  fan  at  the  base.     In  the  angle  formed  by  these  ribbons 
there  shall  be  a  strap  of  2-inch  two  vellum  gold  lace  3f  inches  long 
with  rounded  ends,  surrounded  by  a  one-fourth  inch  twisted  gold  cord 
edged  on  both  sides  with  a  one  thirty-second-inch  gold  beading,  all 
laid  on  a  rosette  of  black  silk  showing  in  even  pleats  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  all  around.     This  strap  shall  be  at  an  angle  from  front  to  rear  of 
60°  with  the  horizontal.     On  the  upper  end  of  the  strap  there  shall  be 
a  corps  device  of  gold  of  the  same  size  as  the  device  prescribed  for 
caps,  and  at  the  bottom  of  the  strap  a  40-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt 
button.     In  the  fold  at  each  peak  there  shall  be  placed  a  tassel  of 
gold  3  inches  total  length,  with  five  bullions  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  on  the  upper  side,  and  five  bullions  one-fourth  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  beneath,  each  1J  niches  long,  and  a  plaited  ball  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter  at  the  inner  end,  with  five  rows  of  fine 
beaded  lace  between  the  ball  and  the  bullions.     Inside  of  the  tassel 
at  each  end  the  two  fans  shall  be  tied  together  by  a  double  bowknot 
of  three-fourths-inch  black  silk  grosgrain  ribbon.     A  full  plume  of 
canary-colored  cock  feathers  shall  extend  from  the  front  tie  to  the 
rear  of  the  chapeau  over  the  top  of  the  crown,  following  the  upper 
curve  of  the  fans.     The  crown  between  the  fans  and  connecting 
them  shall  be  of  the  same  material  as  the  fans  and  shall  be  creased 
from  front  to  rear  to  allow  the  chapeau  to  collapse. 

125.  Officers  of  the  staff. — (PL  16.)  The  chapeau  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Commandant,  except  that 
the  plume  shall  be  of  scarlet  cock  feathers. 

FULL-DRESS  CAP. 

126.  Major  General  Commandant. — (PL  14.)  The  full-dress  cap  shah* 
be  made  of  fine  dark-blue  cloth,  the  height  at  the  front  being  3|  niches, 
sloping  to  3  inches  at  the  back,  both  measurements  being  taken  on 
the  outside  from  the  top  of  the  lower  welt  on  the  band.     The  measure- 
ments of  the  top  of  the  crown  from  front  to  rear  and  from  side  to 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          45 

side  shall  be  1J  inches  larger  than  the  similar  measurements  on  the 
band,  all  of  these  measurements  being  taken  on  the  outside  of  the 
cap.  The  crown  of  the  cap  shall  be  oval  in  shape,  and  measure  8f 
inches  wide,  and  9i  inches  long  for  a  cap  of  size  7,  the  crown  being 
|  inch  larger  or  smaller  each  way  for  every  size  above  or  below  the 
above-named  size.  The  band  shall  be  vertical,  1  f  inches  wide,  of  blue- 
black  velvet  placed  between  welts  ^  of  an  inch  wide,  and  shall  have 
the  prescribed  ornamentation  of  oak  leaves  embroidered  all  around  it 
in  gold.  The  lower  welt  shah1  be  J  of  an  inch  above  the  bottom  of  the 
cap.  The  seam  around  the  edge  of  the  crown  shall  be  plain  with- 
out a  welt  and  it  shall  be  neatly  stitched  on  each  side.  The  crown 
shall  flare  from  the  upper  welt  on  the  band  to  the  edge  of  the  crown, 
the  measurements  from  the  upper  welt  on  the  band  to  the  edge 
of  the  crown  being  2  inches  at  the  front  and  1J  inches  at  the  back. 
The  top  of  the  crown  shall  be  decorated  with  a  knot  composed 
of  four  double  loops  formed  of  three  adjoining  rows  of  J  inch  No.  9 
Marine  Corps  gold  braid,  the  diameter  of  the  knot  being  6^  inches, 
and  each  loop  being  3  inches  long  and  1  inch  wide  at  the  widest  part. 
On  each  side  midway  between  the  upper  welt  on  the  band  and  the  edge 
of  the  crown  there  shall  be  two  black  metal  ventilators,  J  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  on  the  inside,  and  1J  inches  apart.  The  visor  shall  be  of 
black  patent  leather  lined  with  green  leather  and  bound  around  the 
lower  edge  with  black  patent  leather,  and  it  shall  be  covered  on  the 
upper  side  with  dark-blue  cloth  on  which  the  prescribed  ornamentation 
of  oak  leaves  shall  be  embroidered  in  gold.  It  shall  slope  at  an  angle 
of  about  60  degrees  from  the  horizontal  and  shall  have  a  width  of  1  f 
inches  at  the  front  center,  curving  from  there  to  a  point  at  each  end, 
the  total  length  of  its  upper  edge,  measuring  around  the  bottom  edge 
of  the  cap,  being  about  9  inches.  The  band  shall  be  stiff  and  above 
it  the  crown  shall  be  stiffened  with  an  interlining  of  haircloth  all 
around  terminating  in  a  steel  grommet  sewed  into  the  edge  of  the 
crown.  The  front  quarter  shall  be  reenforced  with  two  upright  stays 
of  steel.  A  Marine  Corps  27-ligne  gilt  button  on  a  screw  post  mount 
shall  be  placed  on  each  side  of  the  band  just  beyond  the  end  of  the 
visor  with  the  center  of  the  post  •&  of  an  inch  above  the  lower  welt 
on  the  band;  and  to  these  buttons  there  shall  be  attached  by  means 
of  an  eyelet  a  sliding  chin  strap  of  leather  f  of  an  inch  wide  covered 
with  No.  7  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  having  a  scarlet  stripe  -£%  of  an 
inch  wide  worked  through  the  center,  and  at  a  point  about  1  inch 
from  each  end  of  this  strap  there  shall  be  a  slide  f  of  an  inch  wide 
covered  with  the  same  lace.  The  gold  and  silver  corps  device  pre- 
scribed for  caps  shall  be  attached  to  the  cap  by  means  of  a  screw  post 
through  an  eyelet  at  a  point  on  the  front  center  line  of  the  cap  midway 
between  the  upper  welt  on  the  band  and  the  edge  of  the  crown,  and 


46          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

this  device  shall  be  surrounded  by  a  wreath  of  oak  leaves  embroidered 
in  gold. 

(a)  Brigadier  generals,  line  and  staff. — The  full-dress  cap  shall  be 
the  same  as  prescribed  for  the  major  general  commandant,  omitting 
the  wreath  of  oak  leaves  surrounding  the  corps  device. 

127.  Field  officers  of  the  line  and  staff.— (PI.  14,  39.)  The  full-dress 
cap  for  field  officers  of  the  line  and  staff  shall  be  of  the  same  style  and 
dimensions  as  that  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Commandant, 
except  that  the  band  shall  be  of  No.  2  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  If 
inches  wide,  the  wreath  of  oak  leaves  around  the  corps  device  shall 
be  omitted,  and  the  cloth  on  the  upper  side  of  the  visor  shall  bear  the 
prescribed  ornamentation  of  oak  leaves  embroidered  in  gold. 

128.  All  officers  below  field  rank. — The  full-dress  cap  for  all  officers 
below  field  rank  shall  be  of  the  same  style  and  dimensions  as  that 
prescribed  for  field  officers,  except  that  the  visor  shall  be  of  black 
patent  leather,  not  covered  with  cloth  and  bearing  no  ornamentation. 

UNDRESS  CAP. 

129.  Major  General  Commandant  and  brigadier  generals,  line  and 
staff. — The  undress  cap  shall  be  of  the  same  style  and  dimensions  as 
the  full-dress  cap,  except  that  the  blue-black  velvet  band  shall  bear 
no  ornamentation  of  oak  leaves;  and  the  knot  on  the  top  of  the 
crown  shall  be  made  of  black  silk  tubular  braid  J  of  an  inch  wide. 

130.  Field  officers  of  the  line  and  staff. — The  undress  cap  for  field 
officers  of  the  fine  and  staff  shall  be  of  the  same  style  and  dimensions 
as  the  full-dress  cap  prescribed  for  these  officers  except  that  the  braid 
on  the  band  shall  be  of  lustrous  black  mohair  1}  niches  wide,  and  the 
knot  on  the  top  of  the  crown,  shall  be  made  of  black-silk  tubular 
braid  \  of  an  inch  wide. 

131.  All  officers  below  field  rank. — (PI.  15.)  The  undress  cap  shall  be 
of  the  same  style  and  dimensions  as  that  prescribed  for  field  officers, 
except  that  the  visor  shall  be  of  plain  black  patent  leather. 

WHITE  CAP. 

132.  Major  General  Commandant  and  brigadier  generals,  line  and 
staff. — The  white  cap  shall  be  made  of  white  duck  of  the  same  pattern 
and  dimensions  as  the  undress  cap  above  prescribed,  the  lower  welt  on 
the  band  and  the  portion  of  the  cap  showing  beneath  it  being  of  dark- 
blue  cloth.     The  band  shall  be  of  white  braid  1 J  inches  wide  between 
the  welts,  and  the  knot  on  the  top  of  the  crown  shall  be  of  white 
tracing  braid  J  of  an  inch  wide.     White  enameled  metal  ventilators 
will  be  placed  in  the  cap  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  black  ventilators 
in  full-dress  cap  for  the  Major  General  Commandant.     The  visor  shall 
be  the  same  in  all  respects  as  that  prescribed  for  the  undress  cap, 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          47 

the  ornamentation  in  gold  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Comman- 
dant being  placed  thereon.  The  corps  device  and  chin  strap  for  the 
white  cap  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  the  undress  cap, 
and  they  shall  be  attached  to  the  cap  in  the  same  manner  and  in  the 
same  position,  but  there  shall  be  no  wreath  of  oak  leaves  surrounding 
it.  The  buttons  and  chin  strap  on  the  white  cap  shall  be  the  same 
as  those  prescribed  for  the  undress  cap. 

133.  Field  officers  of  the  line  and  staff. — The  white  cap  shall  be  hi 
all  respects  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Com- 
mandant, except  that  the  ornamentation  on  the  visor  shall  be  the 
same  as  that  prescribed  for  the  undress  cap  for  these  officers. 

134.  All  officers  below  field  rank. — The  white  cap  for  all  officers 
below  field  rank  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  field  pfficers 
except  that  the  visor  shall  be  of  plain  black  patent  leather. 

135.  In  place  of  the  white  cap  a  detachable  white  cap  cover  placed 
over  a  skeleton  frame  in  such  manner  as  to  present  the  same  appear- 
ance as  the  white  cap  above  described  may  be  worn,  the  ventilators 
to  be  worked  in  in  the  same  manner  as  buttonholes,  with  thread  of 
the  same  color  as  the  cover. 

SUMMER  FIELD  CAP. 

136.  All  officers. — The  summer  field  cap  shall  be  made  of  cotton 
drill  of  the  same  color  as  the  summer  field  coat,  and  of  the  same 
pattern,  dimensions,  and  description  as  the  white  cap,  except  that 
the  braid  shall  be  of  the  same  color  as  the  cap,  the  corps  devise  and 
buttons  shall  be  of  dull-finish  bronze,  the  chin  strap  shall  be  of  black 
enameled  leather  one-half  of  an  inch  wide,  brown  enameled  metal 
ventilators  will  be  placed  in  the  cap  in  the  manner  prescribed  for 
black  ventilators  in  the  full-dress  cap  for  the  Major  General  Comman- 
dant, and  the  visor  for  all  officers  shall  be  of  plain  black  patent  leather. 
In  place  of  this  cap  a  detachable  cover  placed  over  a  skeleton  frame 
in  such  manner  as  to  present  the  same  appearance  as  the  cap  above 
described  may  be  worn.     The  ventilators  in  the  cover  will  be  worked 
in  in  the  same  manner  as  buttonholes,  with  thread  of  the  same  color 

as  the  cover. 

WINTER  FIELD  CAP.     (PI.  15.) 

137.  All  officers. — The  winter  field  cap  for  all  officers  shall  be  made 
of  fine  cloth  or  serge  of  the  same  color  as  that  prescribed  for  the 
winter  field  uniform,  and  shall  be  of  the  same  style  and  dimensions 
as  the  undress  cap  prescribed  for  officers.     It  shall  be  braided  in  the 
same  manner  as  above  prescribed  for  the  undress  cap  for  officers 
other  than  the  Major  General  Commandant,  all  the  braid  being  of  the 
color  of  the  winter  field  uniform.     The  visor  shall  be  of  dark  leather 
of  the  same  color  as  the  standard  sample  for  the  enlisted  men's  field 


48          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

cap  visor,  bound  around  the  lower  edge  with  leather  of  the  same 
color,  and  lined  with  green  leather,  and  this  visor  shall  be  attached 
to  the  cap  at  an  angle  of  about  60°  from  the  horizontal,  and  shall  be 
1}  inches  wide  at  the  center.  A  Marine  Corps  27-ligne  dull-finish 
bronze  button  on  a  screw-post  mount  shall  be  placed  on  each  side 
just  beyond  the  ends  of  the  visor  with  the  center  of  the  post  J  of  an 
inch  above  the  lower  welt  on  the  band,  and  to  these  buttons  there 
shall  be  attached  a  sliding  chin  strap  J  of  an  inch  wide,  with  a  slide 
1  inch  from  each  end,  all  of  leather  of  the  same  color  as  the  visor. 
The  corps  device  prescribed  for  caps  and  hats,  in  dull-finish  bronze, 
shall  be  attached  to  the  cap  by  means  of  a  screw-post  through  an 
eyelet  on  the  front  center  line  of  the  cap  at  a  point  midway  between 
the  upper  welt  on  the  band  and  the  edge  of  the  crown. 

FIELD  HAT.     (PI.  12.) 

138.  All  officers. — The  field  hat  for  officers  shall  be  of  fine  felt  of 
the  same  dimensions  and  style  as  the  standard  sample  field  hat  for 
enlisted  men.     A  hat  cord  of  gold  and  scarlet  composed  of  two  rows 
of  the  material  used  for  the  full-dress  sword  knot  held  together  by  a 
sliding  olive  button  J  of  an  inch  long  and  j  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
covered  with  gold  and  scarlet  of  the  same  design  as  the  cord,  shall 
be  worn  around  the  outside  of  the  base  of  the  crown.     The  two  ends 
of  the  cord  projecting  beyond  the  sliding  olive  button  shall  be  fin- 
ished with  acorns  one  inch  long,  the  lower  part  of  which  to  be  covered 
with  gold  bullion,  showing  a  woven  stripe  of  scarlet  silk,  the  width  of 
the  gold  and  silk  stripe  to  be  the  same  as  in  the  cord,  the  cupule  of 
the  acorn  will  be  covered  with  gold  bullion  of  the  same  material  as 
the  covering  for  the  cord  but  will  show  no  scarlet  stripe.     The  corps 
device  in  dull-finish  bronze  shall  be  attached  to  the  hat  at  a  point  on 
the  front  center  line  2f  inches  above  the  base  of  the  crown. 

EPAULETS.     (PL  17.) 

139.  Major  General  Commandant  and  brigadier  generals  of  the  line. — 
The  epaulets  shall  be  as  illustrated  in  the  plate.     The  strap  shall  be 
2f  inches  wide  and  4  inches  long,  terminating  in  the  shoulder  pad, 
which  shall  be  inclosed  by  a  bright  gilt  metal  crescent  4f  inches  on 
the  longer  dimension  and  3  inches  on  the  dimension  hi  the  direction 
of  the  length  of  the  strap.     The  strap  and  the  portion  of  the  pad  inside 
of  the  crescent  shall  be  covered  with  bright  gold  lace  cloth,  and  the 
strap  shall  be  edged  on  the  sides  and  at  the  inner  end  with  a  twisted 
cord  Ye  of  an  inch  in  diameter  of  gold  bright  and  dead,  on  each  side 
of  which  there  shall  be  a  gilt  wire  -^  of  an  inch  in  diameter.     The 
inner  end  of  the  strap  shall  be  made  concave  to  fit  the  collar  of  the 
coat  and  the  corners  shall  be  cut  off   and  slightly  concave.     All 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          49 

around  the  crescent  there  shall  be  two  adjoining  rows  of  coiled  gilt 
wire  Y2  of  an.  inch  in  diameter.  Outside  of  the  metal  crescent  there 
shall  be  a  crescent  of  gold  bright  and  dead  f  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  from  beneath  this  there  shall  be  suspended  a  fringe  of  24  bullions 
of  gold  bright  and  dead  i  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  3J  inches  long, 
backed  by  two  rows  of  bullions  of  gold  bright  and  dead  }  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  and  3J  inches  long,  all  of  the  bullions  being  held  in  place 
by  a  lateral  wire  at  the  lower  ends.  The  epaulet  shall  be  attached 
to  the  coat  by  a  brass  hinged  strap  4J  inches  long  and  a  snap  hook 
on  the  underneath  side  of  the  strap  of  the  epaulet,  engaging  in  straps 
on  the  shoulder  of  the  coat.  The  snap  hook  shall  be  operated  by  a 
27-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  button  countersunk  into  the  upper  side 
of  the  strap  of  the  epaulet  at  a  point  f  of  an  inch  from  the  inner  end 
of  the  strap.  The  prescribed  corps  device  for  epaulets,  in  bright  silver, 
made  in  pairs,  shall  be  attached  to  the  pad  of  the  epaulet  at  the  center 
of  the  crescent,  the  point  of  the  crown  of  the  anchor  point/ing  to  the 
front.  The  strap  and  pad  of  the  epaulet  shall  be  lined  with  scarlet 
leather,  velvet,  or  silk.  The  prescribed  insignia  of  rank  embroidered 
in  silver  on  scarlet  cloth  showing  ^  of  an  inch  all  around  shall  be 
worn  on  the  center  of  the  strap  of  the  epaulet  with  a  point  of  each 
gtar  in  the  line  of  the  axis  of  the  strap  and  pointing  inward. 

140.  Field  officers  of  the  line. — The  epaulets  shall  b&  the  same  as 
those  prescribed  for  the  Major  General  Commandant  with  the  proper 
insignia  of  rank  on  the  center  of  the  strap. 

141.  Line  officers  Mow  field  rank. — The  epaulets  shall  be  the  same 
as  those  prescribed  for  field  officers  except  that  the  bullions  in  the 
fringe  shall  be  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  3J  inches  long. 

SHOULDER  KNOTS.     (PI.  17.) 

142.  Brigadier  generals  (line)  and  commissioned  officers  of  the  line. — 
The  shoulder  knots  for  all  officers  of  the  line  shall  be  made  of  four 
strands  of  fine  gold  solid  cord  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  shall  consist  of  a  twisted  strap  of  three  loops  terminating  in  a 
trefoil  pad  all  laid  on  scarlet  cloth,  so  as  to  show  the  cloth  through 
the  openings.     The  strap  shall  be  1J  inches  wide  and  3f  inches  long, 
and  the  trefoil  shall  be  of  such  size  that  a  circle  3J  inches  in  diameter 
will  just  contain  it.     The  fastenings  shall  be  the  same  as  those  pre- 
scribed for  epaulets.     The  knots  shall  be  lined  on  the  underside  with 
scarlet  leather,  cloth,  or  silk.     The  full  length  of  the  knot  shall  be 
6  inches.     The  insignia  of  rank  as  prescribed  for  epaulets  shall  be 
worn  on  the  center  of  the  trefoil  pad. 

(a)  Brigadier  generals  of  the  staff. — The  shoulder  knot  shall  be 
made  of  fine  gold  cord  five-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  closely 
double-plaited  so  as  to  cover  the  whole  upper  surface  of  the  knot. 
It  shaU  be  6f  inches  long,  2£  inches  wide  at  the  inner  end,  and  4J 

101461°— 17 4 


50          UNIFORM    REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE    CORPS. 

inches  wide  at  the  widest  part  of  the  outer  end:  lined  with  dark 
blue  cloth,  and  shall  be  attached  to  the  coat  by  fastenings  the  same 
as  those  prescribed  for  epaulets.  The  prescribed  departmental 
device  of  the  staff  department  to  which  the  wearer  belongs  shall 
be  worn  on  the  upper  side  of  the  knot  at  the  center,  the  insignia 
of  rank  to  be  placed  with  its  center  1J  inches  from  the  outer  end 
of  the  knot.  The  prescribed  aiguille ttes  shall  be  permanently 
attached  to  the  left  shoulder  knot  unless  the  wearer  should  be  de- 
tailed as  an  aid  to  the  President,  when  it  will  be  attached  on  the 
right  shoulder.  These  knots  will  be  worn  with  special  full  dress  and 
full  dress. 

143.  All  officers  of  the  staff. — The  shoulder  knot  shall  be  made  of 
fine  gold  cord  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  closely  double- 
plaited  so  as  to  cover  the  whole  upper  surface  of  the  knot.     It  shall 
be  6  inches  long,  2  inches  wide  at  the  inner  end,  and  3  inches  wide 
at  the  outer  end.     It  shall  be  lined  with  dark  blue  cloth  and  shall 
be  attached  to  the  coat  by  fastenings  the  same  as  those  prescribed 
for  epaulets. 

The  prescribed  departmental  device  of  the  staff  department  to 
which  the  wearer  belongs  shall  be  worn  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
knot  at  the  center,  the  insignia  of  rank  to  be  placed  with  its  center 
1J  inches  from  the  outer  end  of  the  knot. 

AlGUILLETTES.      (Pis.  3,  6.) 

144.  Aiguillettes  shall  be  worn  on  the  right  side  by  aids  to  the 
President  and  officers  detailed  as  aids  at  the  White  House,  and  on  the 
left  side  by  all  other  officers  for  whom  they  are  prescribed. 

145.  Brigadier  generals  of  the  staff. — The  aiguillettes  shall  be  of 
round  gold  cord  of  the  same  size  as  that  used  in  the  shoulder  knots, 
and  shall  consist  of  two  cords  made  in  three  plaits,  with  pencil  attach- 
ments on  the  ends,  the  rear  cord  being  28  inches  long  and  the  front 
cord  20  inches  long;  and  two  loops  of  single  cord,  the  front  one  17 
inches  long  and  the  rear  one  21  inches  long,  all  made  as  shown  in  the 
plate.     The  two  plaited  cords  and  the  front  single  loop  (after  the 
latter  has  been  passed  through  the  rear  single  loop)  shall  be  securely 
fastened  together  and  have  a  1-inch  loop  of  J-inch  gold  cord  for  attach- 
ing the  aiguillettes  to  the  button,  the  rear  plaited  cord  crossing  over 
the  front  plaited  cord  and  fastening  underneath  the  front  plaited  cord 
at  this  loop.     From  the  point  where  the  cords  are  secured  together 
the  two  plaited  cords  shall  be  extended  as  single  cords  for  2  inches, 
then  be  formed  into  coils  of  5  laps,  the  ends  passing  through  the  coils 
and  extending  thence  2  inches  to  gilt  pencil  attachments  3  inches 
long.     Both  plaited  cords  and  the  front  single  loop  shall  be  worn  in 
front  of  the  arm,  the  rear  single  loop  passing  from  the  rear  under  the 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          51 

arm.  The  aiguillette  shall  be  permanently  attached  to  the  shoulder 
knot  and  the  loop  shall  be  suspended  from  the  top  button  of  the 
full-dress  coat. 

(a)  All  officers  of  the  staff. — The  aiguillettes  shall  be  of  round  gold 
cord  of  the  same  size  as  that  used  in  the  shoulder  knots,  and  shall 
consist  of  two  cords  made  in  three  plaits  with  pencil  attachments  on 
the  ends,  the  rear  cord  being  28  inches  long  and  the  front  cord  20 
inches  long;  and  two  loops  of  single  cord,  the  front  one  17  inches  long 
and  the  rear  one  21  inches  long,  all  made  as  shown  in  the  plate.  The 
two  plaited  cords  and  the  front  single  loop  (after  the  latter  has  been 
passed  through  the  rear  single  loop)  shall  be  securely  fastened  together 
and  have  a  1-inch  loop  of  J-inch  gold  cord  for  attaching  the  aiguil- 
lettes to  the  button,  the  rear  plaited  cord  crossing  over  the  front 
plaited  cord  and  fastening  underneath  the  front  plaited  cord  at  this 
loop.  From  the  point  where  the  cords  are  secured  together  the  two 
plaited  cords  shall  be  extended  as  single  cords  for  2  inches,  then  be 
formed  into  coils  of  5  laps,  the  ends  passing  through  the  coils,  and 
extending  thence  2  inches  to  gilt  pencil  attachments  3  inches  long. 
Both  plaited  cords  and  the  front  single  loop  shall  be  worn  in  front 
of  the  arm,  the  rear  single  loop  passing  from  the  rear  under  the  arm. 
The  aiguillette  shall  be  permanently  attached  to  the  shoulder  knot 
and  the  loop  shall  be  suspended  from  the  top  button  of  the  full-dress 
coat,  and  from  the  top  button  of  the  blue  mess  jacket  by  those  officers 
who  wear  the  aiguillettes  on  the  right  side,  and  from  a  hook  inside 
the  collar  at  the  neck  opening  of  the  mess  jacket  for  those  officers  who 
wear  the  aiguillettes  on  the  left  side. 

146.  Aids-de-camp. — The  aiguillettes  for  aids-de-camp  and  officers 
detailed  as  aids  at  the  White  House  shall  be  the  same  as  those  pre- 
scribed for  staff  officers,  except  that  they  shall  be  detachable  from  the 
shoulder  knot  or  epaulet.  They  shall  be  worn  suspended  from  a 
hook  placed  inside  the  opening  of  the  collar  on  the  full-dress  coat, 
from  the  top  button  of  the  undress  coat,  and  from  the  top  button  of 
the  mess  jacket  (blue  and  white)  by  those  officers  who  wear  the 
aiguillettes  on  the  right  side,  and  from  a  hook  inside  the  collar  at 
the  neck  opening  by  those  officers  who  wear  the  aiguillettes  on  the 
left  side. 

(a)  Officers  detailed  as  aids  on  the  personal  staff  of  a  flag  officer 
of  the  Navy  will  wear  aiguillettes  of  the  same  design  as  prescribed 
for  aids-de-camp.  On  board  cruising  vessels  they  will  be  worn  in 
port  and  when  entering  or  leaving  port.  They  will  be  worn  with  all 
uniforms  except  field,  or  when  the  overcoat  is  worn  over  the  field 
uniform.  On  shore  they  will  be  worn  on  duty  with  or  representing 
their  chiefs,  and  on  all  occasions  when  they  accompany  their  chiefs 
or  when  all  officers  are  invited  in  their  official  capacity. 


52          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES  MARINE   CORPS. 

SASH.     (PL  1.) 

147.  Major  General  Commandant. — The  sash  shall  be  of  buff  silk  net, 
with  silk  bullion  ends,  and  shall  be  worn  across  the  body  from  the 
right  shoulder  to  the  left  side,  the  pendant  part  not  extending  more 
than  18  inches  below  the  tie. 

148.  Brigadier  generals,  line  and  staff. — To  be  made  of  No.  3J 
Marine  Corps  gold  lace,  2£  inches  wide,  having  through  the  center  a 
strip  of  scarlet  silk  three-eighths  of  an  inch  wide,  sewed  on  dark-blue 
cloth  of  medium  weight,  with  an  interlining  of  duck  between  the  lace 
and  cloth.     To  be  fastened  around  the  waist  by  a  buckle,  according 
to  design,  tassels  to  hang  at  the  left  side,  being  suspended  from  the 
bottom  of  the  buckle,  which  will  be  covered  with  gold  thread.     Over 
the  buckle  there  shall  be  a  bow  of  No.  3J  Marine  Corps  gold  lace, 
6  inches  long,  ends  If  inches  long,  center  tie  2J  inches  long,  the  loose 
end  of  this  bow  to  be  secured  to  the  belt  in  front  of  the  buckle  with 
two  large  brass  glove  fasteners.     Attached  to  the  buckle  below  the 
bow  there  shall  be  a  pair  of  gold  and  scarlet  tassels,  suspended  by 
No.  3J  Marine  Corps  gold  lace,  4  inches  long  between  the  bottom  of 
buckle  and  the  tassel  head.     Each  tassel  shall  have  a  flat  head  2f 
inches  long,  covered  with  scarlet  silk  and  a  gold  net  worked  over  the 
silk.     These  heads  shall  be  2|  inches  wide  at  the  base  and  seven- 
eighths  of  an  inch  thick,  tapering  to  If  inches  wide  and  three-fourths 
of  an  inch  thick  at  the  top.    Around  the  base  of  these  heads  will  be 
placed  eight  rows  of  one-ligne  cord,  six  rows  of  gold  cord,  with  two 
rows  of  scarlet  silk  cord  of  the  same  size  in  the  center.     The  tassels 
will  be  made  of  IJ-ligne  bullion  fringe,  85  of  gold  cord,  and  20  of 
scarlet  silk,  8J  inches  long,  suspended  from  the  base  of  tassel  head  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  gold  cord  only  will  appear  on  the  outside,  the 
scarlet  to  be  inside.     On  the  left  side  of  the  coat  at  the  waist  line  will 
be  sewed  a  gilt  metal  hook  so  placed  that  it  will  show  just  below  the 
bottom  edge  of  the  sash  belt.     From  this  hook  will  be  suspended  de- 
tachable sword  slings,  to  be  made  of  No.  6  Marine  Corps  gold  lace 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  wide,  having  through  the  center  a  stripe  of 
scarlet  silk  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide.     These  slings  will  have  an 
interlining  of  heavy  tape  stitched  together  at  the  upper  ends,  and 
there  secured  to  a  gilt  metal  flat  snap  hook.     On  this  hook  will  be 
placed  a  gilt  metal  hook  to  receive  the  upper  ring  of  the  sword  scab- 
bard.    The  short  sling  shall  be  of  such  length  that  when  the  sword  is 
unhooked  and  hanging  free,  the  ferrule  of  the  scabbard  will  just  touch 
the  ground  one  foot  in  rear  of  the  line  of  the  toes  when  the  wearer  is 
standing.     The  long  sling  shall  be  made  so  that  it  will  reach  the  lower 
ring  of  the  scabbard  when  the  sword  is  in  the  above  position.     The 
snap  hooks  at  the  lower  ends  of  the  slings  shall  be  attached  by  means 
of  single  buckles,  and  the  ends  of  the  lace  shall  be  secured  at  the  upper 
ends  of  these  buckles. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.         53 

FULL-DRESS  SWORD  BELT.     (Pis.  1,  2,  3.) 

149.  All  officers,  except  general  officers. — The  full-dress  sword  belt 
shall  be  of  morocco  leather,  1J  inches  wide,  with  the  edges  turned 
in  such  manner  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  a  welt.     The  outside 
shall  be  covered  with  No.  4  Marine  Corps  gold  lace,  1J  inches  wide, 
having  through  the  center  a  stripe  of  scarlet  silk  three-sixteenths  of 
an  inch  wide,  and  sewed  on  the  leather  so  that  the  leather  will  show 
welts  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide  on  each  side  of  the  gold  lace.     The 
slings  shall  be  of  the  same  leather,  seven-eighths  of  an  inch  wide, 
with  the  edges  turned  in  the  same  manner  as  the  belt.     Both  sides 
of  the  slings  shall  be  covered  with  No.  6  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  wide,  having  through  the  center  a  stripe  of  scarlet 
silk  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide,  and  sewed  on  the  leather  so  that  the 
leather  will  show  welts  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  wide  on  each  side  of 
the  gold  lace.     The  slings  shall  be  attached  to  the  belt  by  means  of 
flat-gilt  metal  slides  on  strips  of  leather  sewed  on  the  underside  of  the 
belt,  so  that  when  the  belt  is  worn  the  buckle  shall  be  at  the  center 
of  the  waist  in  front,  the  top  of  the  side  sling  at  the  point  of  the  left 
hip  bone  and  the  top  of  the  rear  sling  in  the  center  of  the  waist  at 
the  back.     The  side  sling  shall  be  of  such  length  that  when  the  sword 
is  unhooked  the  ferrule  will  just  touch  the  ground  1  foot  in  rear  of 
the  line  of  the  toes  and  the  rear  sling  shall  be  just  long  enough  to 
reach  from  the  center  of  the  waist  line  at  the  back  to  the  lower  ring 
of  the  scabbard  when  the  sword  is  in  the  above  position.     The  snap 
hooks  shall  be  attached  to  the  lower  ends  of  the  slings  by  means  of 
single  buckles.     On  the  right  side,  near  the  belt  plate,  there  shall  be 
a  sliding  keeper  of  the  same  material  as  the  slings  for  receiving  the 
slack  end  of  the  belt  after  it  has  been  passed  through  the  buckle 
staple. 

FULL-DRESS  BELT  PLATE.    (PL  19.) 

150.  All  officers,  except  general  officers. — The  full-dress  belt  plate 
shall  be  of  gilt,  rectangular  in  shape,  2J  inches  wide  by  3J  inches 
long,  with  a  raised  bright  rim.     The  surface  shall  be  ornamented 
with  a  silver  wreath  of  laurel  encircling  the  "Arms  of  the  United 
States" ;  the  eagle,  shield,  scroll,  stars,  the  motto  " E  Pluribus  Unum" 
on  the  scroll,  and  the  rays  being  silvered,  and  the  edge  of  the  clouds 
being  gilt. 

UNDRESS  SWORD  BELT.     (PL  11.) 

151.  Commissioned  and  warrant  officers. — The  undress  sword  belt 
for  officers  shall  be  of  fair  leather  If  inches  wide  and  of  the  proper 
length  to  encircle  the  waist,  and  shall  be  closed  by  means  of  a  one- 
prong  trace  buckle  of  dull-finish  bronze  on  the  left  end  and  holes  for 
the  buckle  tongue  on  the  right  end.    To  the  left  of  the  buckle  there 


54          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

shall  be  a  fair  leather  sliding  keeper  to  receive  the  free  end  of  the 
belt.  On  the  left  side  in  the  proper  position  above  the  point  of  the 
hip  bone  there  shall  be  a  bronze  metal  slide  for  securing  the  snap 
hook  of  the  slings  to  the  belt  and  a  fair  leather  safe  5  inches  long 
and  2£  inches  wide  at  the  widest  part  beneath  it.  The  slings  shall 
be  of  fair  leather  J  of  an  inch  wide,  stitched  together  at  the  upper 
ends  and  there  secured  to  a  bronze  metal  flat  snap  hook  for  attaching 
the  slings  to  the  slide  on  the  belt.  On  this  hook  there  shall  be  a 
bronze  metal  hook  for  hooking  up  the  sword  scabbard.  At  the  lower 
ends  the  slings  shall  be  attached  by  means  of  a  single  prong  bronze 
metal  buckle  and  fair  leather  keeper  to  snap  hooks  of  bronze  metal 
for  attaching  the  sword  scabbard.  The  slings  shall  be  of  such  length 
that  when  the  sword  is  unhooked  and  hanging  free  the  ferrule  of  the 
scabbard  will  just  touch  the  ground  1  foot  in  rear  of  the  toes  when 
the  wearer  is  standing.  There  shall  be  a  fair  leather  slide;  for  at- 
taching the  pistol  holster  to  the  belt,  3J  inches  wide,  5J  inches  long; 
corners  slightly  rounded,  to  be  folded  over  lengthwise,  with  a  brass 
bronze  tubular  rivet  and  cap,  J  of  an  inch  long,  placed  J  of  an  inch 
from  the  bottom  edge,  and  in  the  center  between  the  two  brass 
bronzed  grommets;  to  have  two  brass  bronzed  grommets  and  washers, 
No.  0,  placed  so  that  when  finished  will  have  sufficient  clearance  to 
admit  a  If  inch  belt,  and  to  be  2 J  inches  apart,  from  center  to  center 
of  grommet  holes,  so  as  to  take  double  hook  on  pistol  holster.  The 
cartridge  box  shall  be  of  fair  leather,  5J  inches  long,  3J  inches  high, 
and  }  of  an  inch  thick,  inside  measurements,  opening  at  the  top  with 
a  flap  on  the  front  secured  by  a  buttonhole  to  a  bronze  metal  stud 
button  1J  inches  from  the  upper  edge  of  the  box,  and  fitted  on  the 
back  at  the  ends  with  two  slides  of  fair  leather  f  of  an  inch  wide  and 
just  large  enough  to  slide  freely  over  the  belt.  This  box  shall  be 
worn  on  the  belt  just  to  the  right  of  the  buckle  when  pistols  are  pre- 
scribed as  part  of  the  equipment.  When  swords  and  pistols  are  pre- 
scribed, the  belt  shall  be  worn  with  slings,  slide,  holster,  and  cartridge 
box;  when  pistols  alone  are  prescribed  the  belt  shall  be  worn  with 
slide,  holster,  and  cartridge  box  only.  The  belt  and  attachments 
shall  be  in  all  respects  the  same  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quar- 
termaster's Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

PISTOL  BELT,  SUSPENDERS,  AND  HAVERSACK. 

(a)  Commissioned  and  warrant  officers. — The  pistol  belt  with  sus- 
penders and  the  haversack  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard  sample 
in  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

FULL-DRESS  SWORD  KNOT.     (PL  16.) 

152.  ATI  officers. — The  full-dress  sword  knot  shall  consist  of  a 
single  loop  of  -j^-inch  gold  and  scarlet  cord  13  inches  long,  with  the 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.          55 

ends  secured  in  a  gold-bullion  tassel  J  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  2 
inches  long. 

UNDRESS  SWORD  KNOT.     (PI.  8.) 

153.  All  officers. — The  undress  sword  knot  shall  consist  of  a  single 
loop  of  braided  tan  leather  cord  -f^  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  13 
inches  long,  with  the  ends  secured  in  a  tan  leather  tassel  of  the  same 
design  as  the  full-dress  sword-knot  tassel. 

SWORD.     (PL  1*8.) 

154.  All  officers. — The  sword  shall  have   a  steel  blade,  slightly 
curved  and  from  28  to  32  inches  in  length,  with  the  back  rounded, 
with  a  scroll  on  each  side  bearing  the  words  ''United  States  Marines," 
and  a  scroll  on  the  left  side  near  the  hilt  for  the  owner's  name.     The 
words  "United  States  Marines"  on  the  right  side  should  read  from 
hilt  to  point  and  on  the  left  side  from  point  to  hilt,  the  owner's  name 
to  read  from  point  to  hilt,  the  tops  of  all  letters  on  both  sides  to  be 
toward  the  back  of  the  blade.     The  grip  shall  be  of  the  Mameluke 
tyPe>  °f  yellow  metal,  with  leaves  of  ivory  secured  by  means  of  two 
through  screw  rivets  with  star  countersunk  heads  of  yellow  metal,  and 
having  in  the  pommel  an  eye  of  yellow  metal  through  which  the 
sword-knot  loop  may  pass.     The  cross  guard  shall  be  straight,  5J 
inches  in  length,  of  yellow  metal,  and  finished  at  each  end  with  an 
acorn  design.     The  scabbard  shall  be  of  nickel  or  plated  steel  or  Ger- 
man silver,  with  yellow  metal  trimmings  consisting  of  two  bands  and 
rings,  mouthpiece,  and  ferrule.     All  of  the  yellow  metal  portions  of 
the  sword  and  scabbard  shall  be  gilded  bright,  the  German  silver  shall 
be  kept  polished   bright,  and   the  steel  blade  shall  be  burnished 
bright  or  silver  plated  to  present  the  same  appearance.     Officers 
who   have   already  provided   themselves   with  swords   will  not  be 
required  to  procure  new  ones  to  conform  with  these  specifications. 

BUTTONS.     (PL  19.) 

155.  The  Marine  Corps  buttons  shall  be  made  according  to  the 
standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine 
Corps,  and  shall  be  of  the  following  sizes: 

Officers. — 45  ligne,  1 J  inches  in  diameter;  40  ligne,  1  inch  in  diam- 
eter; 27  ligne,  f-J  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 

Enlisted  men. — 45  ligne,  If  inches  in  diameter;  35  ligne,  J  of  an 
inch  in  diameter;  30  ligne,  f  of  an  inch  in  diameter;  25  ligne,  f  of  an 
inch  in  diameter. 

The  buttons  worn  on  blue  uniforms  and  white  uniforms  shall  be  of 
fire-gilt  finish  or  gold  plated;  and  those  worn  on  the  overcoat  and 
the  field  uniforms  shall  be  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal. 


56         UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

CUFF  BUTTONS  AND  SHIRT;  STUDS. 

156.  Cuff  buttons  shall  be  of  plain  gold;  and  shirt  studs  worn  with 
mess  dress  shall  be  of  plain  gold  and  not  more  than  J  of  an  inch  in 
diameter. 

MARINE  CORPS  GOLD  LACES.     (Pis  20,  21,  22.) 

157.  The  designation  of  the  gold  laces  used  by  the  Marine  Corps 
shall  be  as  follows : 

No.  1.  Gold-thread  lace  If  inches  wide,  according  to  design  shown 
in  the  plate,  for  collars  of  full-dress  coats  for  officers. 

No.  2.  Gold-thread  lace  1 J  inches  wide,  according  to  design  shown  in 
the  plate,  for  full-dress  caps  for  officers. 

No.  3.  Gold-thread  lace  1J  inches  wide,  according  to  design  shown 
in  the  plate,  for  collars  of  full-dress  coats  for  officers  and  sleeves  for 
field  officers. 

No.  3J.  Gold  lace  2J  inches  wide,  with  a  scarlet  stripe  f  of  an  inch 
wide  through  the  center,  for  sash  for  brigadier  generals,  line  and  staff. 

No.  4.  Gold-thread  lace  1J  inches  wide  with  a  scarlet  silk  stripe  ^ 
of  an  inch  wide  through  the  center,  for  full-dress  sword  belts  for 
officers. 

No.  5.  Gold-thread  lace  1£  inches  wide  with  a  scarlet  silk  stripe  -^ 
of  an  inch  wide  through  the  center,  for  special  full-dress  trousers  for 
officers. 

No.  6.  Gold-thread  lace  f  of  an  inch  wide  with  a  scarlet  silk  stripe 
t  of  an  inch  wide  through  the  center,  for  sword  slings  of  full-dress 
belt  for  officers. 

No.  7.  Gold-thread  lace  f  of  an  inch  wide  with  a  scarlet  silk  stripe 
J  of  an  inch  wide  through  the  center,  for  chin  straps  of  full-dress  and 
undress  caps  for  officers. 

No.  7£.  Gold  thread  lace  f  of  an  inch  wide  with  a  scarlet  silk  stripe 
-f%  of  an  inch  wide  through  the  center  for  chin-straps  for  full-dress 
caps  for  general  officers. 

No.  8.  Gold  tubular  braid  f  of  an  inch  wide,  for  sleeves  of  full-dress 
coats  for  company  officers  and  for  special  full-dress  coat  of  leader  of 
the  Marine  Band  and  the  full-dress  coat  of  the  drum  major. 

No.  9.  Gold  tracing  braid  J  of  an  inch  wide,  for  full-dress  coats  and 
full-dress  caps  of  officers. 

No.  10.  Gold  braid  £  of  an  inch  wide,  for  chevrons  of  full-dress 
coat  for  drum  major  and  second  leader  of  the  band. 

No.  11.  Gold  lace  2  inches  wide  with  two  vellums,  for  straps  on 
chapeau. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.          57 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  EPAULETS.     (PI.  23.) 

158.  All  officers  of  the  line. — The  corps  device  for  epaulets  shall 
consist  of  a  fretted  silver  Western  Hemisphere,  struck  from  a  solid 
plate,  with  chased  parallels,  and  the  continents  of  North  and  South 
America  in  silver,  resting  upon  the  shank  between  the  stock  and 
flukes  of  an  anchor  of  smooth  silver,  and  surmounted  by  a  spread 
eagle  cut  from  solid  silver  and  hard  soldered  to  the  hemisphere,  the 
eagle  facing  away  from  the  anchor  ring.     The  inner  edges  of  the 
flukes  shall  be  distant  ^  of  an  inch  from  the  hemisphere.     The 
dimensions  shall  be  as  follows:  Hemisphere,  J^  inch  in  diameter;  the 
eagle,  J  inch  from  the  top  of  the  head  to  the  point  of  the  claws ;  the 
spread  of  the  wings,  1^  inches;  the  width  of  the  anchor  stock  and 
shank,  y%  inch;  the  arms  of  the  anchor  from  the  peak  of  the  flukes 
to  the  apex  of  the  crown,  f£  inch;  the  length  of  the  anchor  over  all, 
If  inches.     The  shank  of  the  anchor  shall  intersect  the  hemisphere 
at  an  angle  of  30  degrees  with  the  plane  of  the  Equator.     These 
devices  shall  be  made  in  pairs,  rights  and  lefts,  and  shall  be  worn 
with  the  point  of  the  crown  of  the  anchor  to  the  front. 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  COLLARS  OF  UNDRESS  COATS.     (PL  23.) 

159.  All  officers. — The  corps  device  for  the  collars  of  undress  coats 
shall  consist  of  a  fretted  silver  Western  Hemisphere  struck  from  a 
solid  plate,  with  chased  parallels,  and  the  continents  of  North  and 
South  America  in  gold,  resting  upon  the  shank  between  the  stock 
and  flukes  of  an  anchor  of  smooth  gold;  the  inner  edges  of  the  flukes 
distant  -^  inch  from  the  hemisphere,  and  surmounted  by  a  spread 
eagle  cut  from  solid  silver  and  hard  soldered  to  the  hemisphere,  with 
the  eagle  facing  away  from  the  anchor  ring.     The  dimensions  shall 
be  as  follows:  Hemisphere,  -J-J-  of  an  inch  in  diameter;  the  eagle,  -fa 
of  an  inch  from  the  top  of  the  head  to  the  point  of  the  claws;  the 
spread  of  the  wings,  lyg-  inches;  the  width  of  the  anchor  stock,  ^  of 
an  inch;  the  shank,  full  fV  of  an  inch;  the  arms  of  the  anchor,  from 
the  peak  of  the  flukes  to  the  apex  of  the  crown,  -f|  of  an  inch;  the 
length  of  the  anchor  over  all,  1  J£  inches.     The  shank  of  the  anchor 
shall  intersect  the  hemisphere  at  an  angle  of  30  degrees  with  the  plane 
of  the  Equator.     These  devices  shall  be  made  in  pairs,  rights  and  lefts, 
and  shall  be  worn  with  the  point  of  the  crown  of  the  anchor  to  the 
front,  and  attached  to  the  coat  by  clasp  pins. 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  COLLARS  OF  FIELD  COATS.     (PL  23.) 

160.  All  officers. — The  corps  device  for  the  collars  of  field  coats 
shall  be  similar  in  all  respects  as  to  shape,  size,  and  design  to  that 
prescribed  for  the  collars  of  undress  coats,  and  shall  be  made  of  dull- 
finish  bronze  metal. 


58         UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  FULL-DRESS  AND  UNDRESS  CAPS.     (PL  23.) 

161.  AU  officers. — The  corps  device  for  the  full-dress  and  undress 
caps  shall  be  a  fretted  silver  Western  Hemisphere  struck  from  a  solid 
plate  with  chased  parallels,  and  the  continents  of  North  and  South 
America  in  gold,  resting  upon  the  shank  between  the  stock  and  flukes 
of  a  foul  anchor  of  smooth  gold;  the  inner  edges  of  the  flukes  distant 
yg-  inch  from  the  hemisphere,  and  surmounted  by  a  spread  eagle  cut 
from  solid  silver  and  hard  soldered  to  the  hemisphere,  with  the  eagle 
facing  away  from  the  anchor  ring.     The  dimensions  shall  be  as  fol- 
lows :  Hemisphere,  %  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  the  eagle  %  of  an  inch 
from  the  top  of  the  head  to  the  point  of  the  claws ;  the  spread  of  the 
wings,  1^-  inches;  the  width  of  the  anchor  stock  and  shank,  y%  of  an 
inch;  the  arms  of  the  anchor,  from  the  peak  of  the  flukes  to  the  apex 
of  the  crown,  ff  of  an  inch;  the  length  of  the  anchor  over  all,  1} 
inches.     The  shank  of  the  anchor  shall  intersect  the  hemisphere  at 
an  angle  of  30  degrees  with  the  plane  of  the  Equator.     On  the  back 
of  the  device  there  shall  be  a  screw  post  fitted  with  a  milled  nut  for 
securing  the  device  to  the  cap  through  an  eyelet  at  the  proper  place. 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  FIELD  CAPS  AND  HATS.     (PI.  23.) 

162.  The  corps  device  for  field  caps  and  hats  shall  be  similar  in  all 
respects  as  to  shape,  size,  and  design  to  that  prescribed  for  full-dress 
and  undress  cap,  and  shall  be  made  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal. 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  DRESS  SADDLECLOTH. 

163.  ATI  officers. — The  corps  device  for  the  dress  saddlecloth  shall  be 
of  scarlet  leather,  embossed  with  the  same  design  as  prescribed  for 
caps,  and  of  the  same  size  as  the  standard  sample. 

CORPS  DEVICE  FOR  FIELD  SADDLECLOTH. 

164.  AU  officers. — The  corps  device  for  the  field  saddlecloth  shall 
be  of  russet  leather,  embossed  with  the  same  design  as  prescribed 
for  caps,  and  of  the  same  size  as  the  standard  sample. 

INSIGNIA  OF  RANK.     (PL  24.) 

165.  The  insignia  of  rank  for  officers  shall  be  as  follows: 

Major  General  Commandant. — Two  silver  stars  of  five  rays,  of  such 
a  size  that  the  points  of  the  rays  will  touch  a  circle  1  inch  in  diameter. 
One  ray  of  each  star  shall  point  toward  the  collar  end  of  the  shoulder 
strap,  epaulet,  or  shoulder  knot. 

Brigadier  general. — One  silver  star  of  five  rays,  of  such  a  size  that 
points  of  rays  will  touch  a  circle  1  inch  hi  diameter.  One  ray  of 
the  star  shall  point  toward  the  collar  end  of  the  shoulder  strap, 
epaulet,  or  shoulder  knot. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          59 

Colonel. — A  silver  spread  eagle,  2J  inches  wide  between  the  tips  of 
wings,  distance  from  tips  of  wings  to  center  of  talons  on  each  side 
1}  inches,  from  top  of  head  to  bottom  of  design  1}  inches;  the  insignia 
for  the  right  side  having  in  the  right  talon  an  olive  branch  and  in 
the  left  a  bundle  of  three  arrows,  the  extreme  width  from  tip  of 
center  arrowhead  to  end  of  olive  branch  being  1^-  inches.  These 
insignia  shall  be  made  in  pairs,  rights  and  lefts,  and  the  eagle  shall 
face  to  the  front  on  each  shoulder. 

Lieutenant  colonel. — A  seven-pointed  silver  oak  leaf,  with  stem;  1J 
inches  long  from  the  tip  of  the  stem  to  the  tip  of  the  leaf,  and  lyg- 
inches  wide  at  the  widest  point.  The  tip  of  the  leaf  shall  point  toward 
the  collar  end  of  the  shoulder  strap,  epaulet,  or  shoulder  knot. 

Major. — A  seven-pointed  gold  oak  leaf,  with  stem;  1J  inches  long 
from  the  tip  of  the  stem  to  the  tip  of  the  leaf,  and  lyg-  inches  wide  at 
the  widest  point.  The  tip  of  the  leaf  shall  point  toward  the  collar 
end  of  the  shoulder  strap,  epaulet,  or  shoulder  knot. 

Captain. — Two  silver  bars,  each  bar  1J  inches  long  and  f  of  an 
inch  wide,  the  bars  being  parallel  and  f  of  an  inch  apart.  The  bars 
shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulder  strap,  epaulet,  or  shoulder  knot  with 
the  long  axis  in  a  line  from  front  to  rear. 

First  lieutenant. — One  silver  bar  1J  inches  long  and  f  of  an  inch 
wide.  The  bar  shall  be  worn  on  the  shoulder  strap,  epaulet,  or 
shoulder  knot  with  the  long  axis  in  a  line  from  front  to  rear. 

The  insignia  of  rank  for  epaulets,  shoulder  knots,  and  the  shoulder 
straps  of  the  blue  undress  coat  and  winter  field  coat  shall  be  em- 
broidered, those  for  the  epaulets  and  shoulder  knots  on  scarlet  cloth 
so  as  to  show  ^  of  an  inch  all  around. 

The  insignia  of  rank  for  the  white  undress  and  summer  field  coats, 
the  white  mess  jacket,  and  overcoat  shall  be  of  metal  and  secured  to 
the  coat  by  means  of  clasp  pins. 

DEVICE  FOR  AIDS-DE-CAMP.     (PI.  25.) 

166.  The  device  for  aids-de-camp  shall  consist  of  a  shield  of  the 
United  States,  of  properly  colored  enamel,  f  of  an  inch  high,  and  f 
of  an  inch  wide  at  the  top,  surmounted  by  a  gold  or  gilt  eagle  |  of  an 
inch  high,  with  wings  displayed.  On  the  blue  field  of  the  shield 
there  shall  be  a  star  or  stars,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  general  on 
whose  staff  the  officer  is  serving.  This  device  shall  be  worn  in  the 
center  of  the  sleeve  ornament  of  the  full-dress  coat  and  mess  jacket 
and  on  the  collars  of  the  undress  and  field  coats  and  white  mess 
jacket,  and  on  the  shoulder  straps  of  the  overcoat.  On  the  field 
coats  and  overcoat  this  device  shall  be  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal. 


60          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

DEPARTMENTAL  DEVICES.     (PL  25.) 

167.  The  distinctive  devices  for  the  various  staff  departments  of 
the  Marine  Corps  shall  be  as  follows : 

Adjutant  and  inspector's  department. — This  device  shall  consist  of 
a  Marine  Corps  gold  sword  in  miniature  and  gold  fasces  crossed  and 
surmounted  by  a  silver  wreath,  in  the  center  of  which  shall  be  a 
gold  shield  of  13  bars  with  field  above  containing  1  large  and  12 
small  stars.  The  dimensions  shall  be:  Full  length  of  sword,  If  inches; 
full  length  of  fasces,  If  inches;  diameter  of  wreath,  f  of  an  inch  outside, 
J  of  an  inch  inside;  shield  the  full  size  of  the  inside  of  the  wreath. 

Quartermaster's  Department. — This  device  shall  consist  of  a  Marine 
Corps  gold  sword  in  miniature  and  a  gold  key  crossed  and  surmounted 
by  a  gold  wheel  with  a  blue  enamel  rim  set  with  13  gold  stars.  The 
dimensions  shall  be:  Length  of  sword,  If  inches;  length  of  key,  If 
inches;  diameter  of  wheel,  1  of  an  inch. 

Paymaster's  Department. — This  device  shall  consist  of  a  Marine 
Corps  gold  sword  in  miniature  and  a  gold  quill  pen  crossed  and  sur- 
mounted by  a  silver  oak  leaf  and  two  acorns.  The  dimensions  shall 
be:  Length  of  sword,  If  inches;  length  of  quill  pen,  If  inches;  length 
of  leaf  from  stem  to  tip,  1J  inches;  width  of  leaf  from  tip  to  tip, 
f  of  an  inch.  The  devices  for  the  Paymaster's  Department  shall  be 
made  in  rights  and  lefts. 

These  devices  shall  be  worn  with  the  full-dress,  undress,  and  mess- 
dress  uniforms ;  and  for  the  field  uniforms  and  overcoat  they  shall  be 
of  the  same  size  and  description  but  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal. 

Warrant  officers,  devices.- — Quartermaster  clerks'  device  shall 
consist  of  a  Marine  Corps  silver  sword  in  miniature  and  a  silver  key 
crossed  and  surmounted  by  a  silver  wheel  with  blue  enamel  rim  set 
with  13  silver  stars.  The  dimensions  to  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for 
the  device  for  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

Marine  gunners'  device  shall  consist  of  a  bursting  spherical  shell 
made  of  silver  (chased),  the  shell  to  be  }  of  an  inch  in  diameter  with 
a  flame  f  of  an  inch  high. 

For  field  uniforms  and  overcoat  they  shall  be  of  the  same  size  and 
description,  but  of  dull-finish  bronze  metal. 

The  phis  on  the  above  devices  to  be  placed  vertically. 

GLOVES. 

168.  AU  officers. — For  wear  with  special  full  dress,  full  dress,  un- 
dress, and  mess  dress,  the  gloves  shall  be  of  white  lisle  thread,  white 
leather,  or  white  kid  when  appropriate.     With  special  full  dress,  full 
dress,  or  mess  dress,  white  kid  gloves  with  white  stitching  may  be 
worn.     When  mounted,  officers  shall  wear  white  leather  gloves  with 
special  full  dress  and  full  dress.     With  undress  the  gloves  shall  be  of 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.          61 

white  lisle  thread  for  officers  not  mounted  and  of  white  leather  or  tan 
leather,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  service,  for  officers  who  are 
mounted.  When  the  overcoat  is  worn  the  gloves  shall  be  of  tan 
leather  for  all  officers.  With  the  winter  field  uniform  tan  leather 
gloves  shall  be  worn.  The  tan  leather  gloves  shall  be  of  the  same 
color  as  the  undress  and  field  belt,  with  plain  stitching  in  the  same 
color  on  the  back,  and  clasps  of  the  same  color,  and  they  may  be 
either  lined  or  unlined. 

COLLAR. 

169.  All  officers. — The  collar  shall  be  a  standing,  straight  edge, 
white-linen  collar,  without  flaps,  of  such  height  as  to  show  not  over 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  above  the  collar  of  the  coat. 

NECKTIE. 

170.  All  officers. — The  necktie  shall  be  a  black  silk  string  tie,  1J 
inches  wide,  and  shall  be  worn  tied  in  a  plain  double  bowknot  with 
mess  dress. 

FIELD  SCARF. 

171.  All  officers. — The  field  scarf  shall  be  of  fine  flannel  of  the  same 
color  as  the  flannel  shirt;  it  shall  be  2  inches  wide,  and  shall  be  worn 
tied  in  a  four-in-hand  knot  when  the  flannel  shirt  is  worn  without 
the  coat. 

.    TROUSERS  BELT. 

172.  AH  officers. — The  trousers  belt  shall  be  made  of  webbing  If 
inches  wide,  of  the  color  of  the  summer  field  uniform,  and  in  all 
respects  the  same  as  the  standard  sample  trousers  belt  for  enlisted 
men  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

SHOES. 

173.  ATI  officers. — The  black  shoes  shall  be  high  shoes  of  polished, 
enamel,  or  patent  leather;  low  shoes  may  be  worn  with  mess  dress 
only,  in  which  case  black  socks  shall  be  worn.     The  tan  shoes  shall  be 
high-laced  shoes  of  tan  leather.     The  white  shoes  shall  be  of  white 
canvas  or  white  buckskin,  and  may  be  either  high  or  low;  in  case 
low  white  shoes  are  worn  white  socks  shall  be  worn. 

When  not  in  line  with  troops,  patent  leather  shoes  without  tips 
shall  be  worn  with  the  special  full  dress,  full  dress,  and  mess  dress. 

BOOTS.     (Pis.  8,  40.) 

174.  All  mounted  officers. — The  black  boots  shall  be  of  polished, 
enamel,  or  patent  leather,  closely  fitting  at  the  top,  reaching  to  about 
2  inches  below  the  kneecap,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  bootleg  shall  be 
stiffened.     The  spur  rest  shall  be  1J  inches  above  the  bottom  of  the 
heel. 


62          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

The  tan  boots  shall  be  of  tan  leather,  of  the  same  pattern  as  the 
black  boots,  except  that  the  stiffening  may  be  omitted  from  the  upper 
part  of  boot  leg. 

Tan  shoes  and  strap  puttee  leggings  may  be  prescribed  in  place  of 
tan  boots. 

LEGGINGS.     (Pis.  11,  40.) 

175.  All  officers — The  leggings  shall  be  of  tan  leather  and  of  the 
pattern  known  as  the  "  strap  puttee."     Whenever  leggings  are  worn 
tan  leather  shoes  shall  be  worn.     Tan  leather  boots  may  be  pre- 
scribed for  mounted  officers  in  place  of  leggings  and  tan  leather  shoes. 

SPURS. 

176.  All  mounted  officers. — The  spurs  shall  be  of  the  same  pattern 
as  those  issued  to  officers  by  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps;  and  shall  be  worn  with  black  leather  straps  with  black 
boots,  and  tan  leather  straps  with  tan  boots  or  leggings. 

HORSE  EQUIPMENT. 
SADDLE. 

177.  All  mounted  officers. — The  saddle  shall  be  a  fair  leather  saddle 
of  McClellan  or  Whitman  model,  or  similar  design  to  that  issued  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

BRIDLE. 

178.  All  mounted  officers. — The  bridle  shall  be  a  fair  leather  curb 
bridle  similar  to  the  one  for  officers  issued  by  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

DRESS  SADDLECLOTH. 

179.  All  general  officers. — The  dress  saddlecloth  shall  be  of  dark- 
blue  cloth,  lined  with  No.  2  white  cotton  duck.     It  shall  be  made  in 
halves  neatly  joined  and  held  together  by  a  strip  of  black  enameled 
leather  placed  over  the  seams  and  stitched  through  the  cloth  and 
lining;  and  trimmed  with  two  bands  of  No.  5  Marine  Corps  gold  lace 
1J  inches  wide,  the  bands  being  1J  inches  apart,  the  outer  one  follow- 
ing the  edge  of  the  cloth.     The  prescribed  corps  device  shall  be  placed 
in  the  flank  corners  of  the  cloth  and  the  insignia  of  rank,  made  of 
silver  1  i  inches  in  diameter,  will  be  placed  above  the  corps  device. 

180.  All  other  mounted  officers. — The  dress  saddlecloth  shall  be  of 
dark-blue  cloth,  lined  with  No.  2  white  cotton  duck  22  inches  wide, 
and  of  the  same  design  as  that  issued  by  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment of  the  Marine  Corps.     It  shall  be  made  in  halves  neatly  joined 
and  held  together  by  a  strip  of  black  enameled  leather  placed  over 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          63 

the  seam  and  stitched  through  the  cloth  and  lining.  Around  the  edge 
there  shall  be  a  binding  of  scarlet  enameled  leather  showing  one  and 
one-half  (1J)  inches  on  the  outside  of  the  cloth.  The  prescribed 
corps  device  shall  be  sewed  diagonally  in  the  flank  corners  of  the 
cloth.  The  saddlecloth  shall  be  worn  over  the  saddle  blanket,  or 
pad,  and  under  the  saddle. 

FIELD  SADDLECLOTH. 

181.  All  mounted  officers. — The  field  saddlecloth  shall  be  made  of 
No.  9  cotton  duck  22  inches  wide,  of  the  same  color  as  the  summer 
field  uniform,  and  lined  with  No.  2  white  cotton  duck  22  inches  wide. 
It  shall  be  of  the  same  pattern  and  dimensions  as  the  blue  saddlecloth 
prescribed  for  mounted  officers,  substituting  tan  leather  for  the 
black  and  scarlet  enameled  leather.  The  prescribed  corps  device 
made  of  tan  leather  shall  be  placed  in  the  flank  corners  of  the  saddle- 
cloth. All  general  officers  will  wear  on  the  saddlecloth  their  insignia 
of  rank,  made  of  bronze  metal,  1J  inches  in  diameter,  placed  above 
the  corps  device.  This  saddlecloth  shall  be  worn  in  the  same  manner 
as  prescribed  for  the  blue  saddlecloth. 


CHAPTER  6. 


LIST  OF  ARTICLES  OF  UNIFORM  AND  EQUIPMENT  WITH 
WHICH  EACH  OFFICER  OF  THE  MARINE  CORPS  IS  RE- 
QUIRED TO  BE  PROVIDED. 

182.  All  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  shall  be  provided  with  the 
following  articles  of  uniform  and  equipment,  unless  otherwise 
prescribed : 


Full-dress  coat. 

Mess  jacket,  blue. 

Mess  jackets,  white. 

Blue  undress  coat. 

White  undress  coats. 

Summer  field  coats. 

Winter  field  coat. 

Overcoat. 

Cloak. 

Flannel  shirts. 

Field  scarf. 

Special  full-dress  trousers. 

Full-dress  trousers.  (At  least  one  pair 
for  full  dress  and  another  for  undress.) 

Full-dress  breeches  (for  mounted  offi- 
cers only). 

White  undress  trousers. 

White  mess-dress  trousers 

Summer  field  breeches. 

Winter  field  breeches. 

Summer  field  trousers. 

Winter  field  trousers. 

Mess  dress  waistcoat. 

Black  silk  necktie. 

Chapeau  (for  major  general  comman- 
dant and  officers  of  the  staff). 

Full-dress  cap. 

Undress  cap. 

White  cap. 

Summer  field  cap. 

Winter  field  cap. 

Field  hat. 

Field-hat  cord. 

Corps  devices  and  insignia  of  rank. 

Departmental  devices,  for  officers-of  the 
staff. 

Distinctive  devices,  for  aids-de-camp. 

Epaulets,  for  all  officers  of  the  line. 

Aiguillettes  (officers  of  the  staff,  aids- 
de-camp  and  officers  attached  to  duty  at 
the  White  House  only). 

NOTE.— Articles  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*)  will 
those  officers  by  whom  they  are  required. 

64 


Shoulder  knots. 

Black  shoes. 

Tan  shoes.  . 

White  shoes. 

Black  boots  (for  mounted  officers  only). 

Tan  boots  (for  mounted  officers  only). 

Tan  leather  leggings. 

White  lisle  thread  gloves. 

White  kid  gloves. 

White  leather  gloves,  for  mounted 
officers. 

Tan  leather  gloves. 

Sash  (for  general  officers). 

Sword  and  scabbard. 

Bain  coat  or  cape. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Undress  sword  belt,  cartridge  box,  and 
slide  for  pistol  holster. 

Pistol  belt  with  suspenders. 

Trousers  belt. 

Undress  sword  knot. 

Blanket. 

Canteen.* 

Haversack. 

Meat  can.* 

Knife.* 

Fork.* 

Spoon.* 

Field  glasses. 

Watch. 


Notebook. 
Pencil. 

Pistol  and  holster.* 
Whistle. 

Rubber  blanket  or  poncho.* 
Ammunition .  * 
Clothing  roll. 
Bedding  roll. 
Trunk  locker, 
be  issued  by  the  Quartermaster's  Department  to 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE  CORPS.          65 

HORSE  EQUIPMENTS  (for  mounted  officers  only). 


Curb  bridle. 
Halter  headstall. 
Halter  strap. 
Saddle,  complete. 
Dress  saddlecloth. 
Field  saddlecloth. 
Saddle  blanket. 


Horse  cover. 

Surcingle. 

Currycomb. 

Horse  brush. 

Pair  of  spurs. 

Black  leather  spur  straps. 

Tan  leather  spur  straps. 


All  horse  equipment  shall  be  of  similar  pattern  to  those  issued  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

183.  Officers  when  appointed  to  the  Marine  Corps  shall  provide 
themselves  with  such  articles  of  uniform  and  equipment  as  the  Major 
General  Commandant  may  direct. 

184.  Officers  ordered  on  duty  in  the  field  shall  be  required  to  carry 
only  the  articles  of  uniform  and  equipment  necessary  to  the  particular 
duty  ordered. 

101461°— 17 5 


CHAPTER  7. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SEVERAL  UNIFORMS  OF  ENLISTED 
MEN  OF  THE  MARINE  CORPS,  EXCEPT  MEMBERS  OF  THE 
MARINE  BAND. 

185. 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


Noncommissioned  officers,  drum- 
mers, trumpeters,  and  privates. 


Noncommissioned  officers,  drum- 
mers, trumpeters,  and  privates. 


DRESS.     (PI.  47.) 

Dress  coat. 

Dress  trousers.   (White  trousers  may  be  prescribed . ) 

Dress  cap.  (White  cap  cover  smay  be  prescribed, 
and  shall  be  worn  with  white  trousers.) 

White  gloves,  when  under  arms.  Woolen  gloves 
shall  oe  worn  with  overcoats. 

Black  shoes.  (Tan  shoes  shall  be  prescribed 
with  leggings  and  may  be  prescribed  with 
white  trousers.) 

Medals  and  badges.  (Ribbons  of  medals  and 
badges  may  be  prescribed.) 

Overcoat,  when  prescribed. 

Arms  and  accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed. 

The  white  dress  belt  will  be  worn  with  this  uni- 
form when  on  duty,  except  as  follows: 

1.  When  the  cartridge  belt  is  prescribed. 

2.  When  the  overcoat  is  worn  and  the  cartridge  belt 

is  not  prescribed,  the  fair  leather  belt  will  be 
worn. 

3.  When  pistols  are  carried  and  the  cartridge  belt 

is  not  prescribed,  the  fair  leather  belt  will  be 
worn. 

At  drills  and  exercises  and  on  marches  white 
gloves  may  be  dispensed  with  by  order  of  the 
senior  officer  present. 

SUMMER  FIELD   DRESS.      (PI.  48.) 


omission   is   pre- 


Summer  field  coat. 

Summer  field  trousers. 

Leggings   (except   when    their 
scribed). 

Field  hat.  (Summer  field-cap  cover  shall  be  worn 
when  serving  on  board  ship,  and  may  be  pre- 
scribed on  otner  occasions.) 

Tan  shoes. 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

Cartridge  belt  with  or  without  suspenders,  as  may 
be  prescribed.  (Tan  leather  belts  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  garrison  or  on  board  ship.) 

Arms  and  accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed  ex- 
cept that  white  belts  shall  not  be  worn  with  this 
uniform,  and  field  trumpet  and  drum  slings  shall 
be  worn  with  it  by  trumpeters  and  drummers. 

In  the  field  or  at  drills  and  exercises,  either  afloat 
or  ashore,  when  it  would  be  appropriate  the 
flannel  shirt  may  be  prescribed  in  place  of  the 
field  coat,  in  which  case  the  collar  of  the  shirt 
shall  be  worn  turned  down. 

Leggings  may  be  omitted  under  appropriate  cir- 
cumstances when  such  omission  is  prescribed. 


66 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 


67 


Rank. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


Noncommissioned  officers,  drum- 
mers, trumpeters,  and  privates. 


WINTER  FIELD   DRESS.      (PI.  49.) 

Winter  field  coat. 

Winter  field  breeches.  (Winter  field  trousers  shall 
be  worn  when  leggings  are  not  prescribed.) 

Leggings  (except  when  their  omission  is  pre- 
scribed). 

Field  hat.  (Winter  field  cap  shall  be  worn  when 
serving  on  board  ship  and  may  be  prescribed  at 
other  times.) 

Tan  shoes. 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

Overcoat  when  prescribed. 

Woolen  gloves  when  overcoat  is  worn  and  at  other 
times  when  prescribed. 

Cartridge  belt,  with  or  without  suspenders  as  may 
be  prescribed.  (Tan  leather  belts  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  garrison  or  on  board  ship.) 

Arms  and  accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed,  ex- 
cept that  white  belts  shall  not  be  worn  with 
this  uniform,  and  field  trumpet  and  drum  slings 
shall  be  worn  with  it  by  trumpeters  and  drum- 
mers. 

In  the  field  or  at  drills  and  exercises,  either  afloat 
or  ashore,  when  it  would  be  appropriate  the  flan- 
nel shirt  may  be  prescribed  in  place  of  the  field 
coat,  in  which  case  the  collar  of  the  shirt  shall  be 
worn  turned  down. 

Leggings  may  be  omitted  under  appropriate  cir- 
cumstances when  such  omission  is  prescribed. 


CHAPTER  8. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  GARMENTS  AND  ARTICLES  OF  EQUIPMENT 
OF  ENLISTED  MEN  OF  THE  MARINE  CORPS,  EXCEPT  MEM- 
BERS OF  THE  MARINE  BAND. 

DRESS  COAT.     (PI.  47.) 

186.  The  dress  coat  shall  be  a  single-breasted  sack  coat  of  the 
material  and  color  of  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  a  dark  indigo  blue  flannel  dyed  in 
the  wool  extending  to  the  crotch,  cut  half  close  to  define  the  figure, 
with  a  flare  over  the  hips.  The  back  shall  be  in  one  piece,  and  the 
side  body,  between  the  back  and  the  front,  shall  extend  from  the 
armpit  to  the  bottom,  the  lower  corners  of  the  front  shall  be  cut 
square.  The  coat  shall  have  a  straight  front  standing  collar  of  two 
ply,  stiffened  by  a  strip  of  suitable  material  inserted  between  the  two 
ply.  The  collar  shall  have  square  corners  closed  by  two  japanned 
hooks  and  eyes,  one  at  the  base,  and  one  close  to  the  top  of  the  collar. 
The  inner  ply  shall  extend  1  inch  on  the  left  side  under  the  eyes 
so  as  to  cover  the  front  opening.  The  sizes  " short"  shall  have  the 
collar  If  niches  high,  the  sizes  " medium"  If  inches  high,  and  the 
sizes  "long"  2  inches  high.  The  coat  shall  be  closed  in  front  with 
seven  35-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  buttons,  equally  spaced,  the  top 
button  being  three-fourths  of  an  inch  below  the  base  of  the  collar, 
and  the  lower  button  at  the  waistline.  The  coat  shall  have  a  strap 
of  one  ply  of  cloth,  stiffened  with  a  piece  of  suitable  material,  sewed 
down  to  the  coat  on  each  shoulder,  its  dimensions  being  3  inches 
wide  at  the  armhole  seam  and  1|  inches  wide  at  a  point  1  inch 
from  the  base  of  the  collar,  from  which  point  the  narrow  end  of  the 
strap  shall  be  rounded ;  in  the  center  of  the  rounded  end  three-fourths 
of  an  inch  from  the  edge  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  button  shall 
be  inserted  and  securely  stayed  and  fastened  on  the  under  side  of 
the  coat,  the  edge  of  the  strap  to  be  cut  almost  straight.  At  the 
center  of  the  bottom  of  the  upper  side  of  each  sleeve  there  shall  be 
a  three-pointed  strap  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  to  be  6  inches 
long,  2J  inches  wide  at  each  point,  and  2  inches  wide  at  the  center 
between  the  points,  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  button  to  be  in- 
serted in  each  point,  securely  stayed  and  fastened  on  the  under- 
side of  the  sleeve,  the  straight  side  of  the  strap  shall  be  sewed  on  and 
turned  back;  so  as  to  make  the  points  of  the  strap  extend  toward 
68 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          69 

the  elbow  seam  of  the  sleeve.  The  edge  of  the  coat,  the  bottom  of 
the  collar,  one-eighth  of  an  inch  from  the  top  of  the  collar,  the  edges 
of  the  shoulder  and  sleeve  straps,  shall  have  a  piping  of  scarlet 
flannel  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide,  excepting  the  straight  side  of  the 
sleeve  strap,  and  the  edge  of  the  shoulder  strap  that  is  sewed  at  the 
armhole,  which  shall  be  plain.  The  shoulder  of  the  coat  shall  be 
supported  by  a  cotton  pad,  which  shall  be  centered  at  the  shoulder 
seam  and  extending  full  length  down  the  back  and  the  front  of  the 
armhole,  the  edge  of  the  pad  extending  over  the  sleeve  head  seam 
one-fourth  of  an  inch  full.  The  coat  shall  be  faced  with  the  same 
material  4  to  5  inches  wide,  the  facing  extending  to  the  shoulder 
seam.  The  coat  shall  be  lined  with  the  black  Italian  cloth  lining. 
The  sleeve  shall  be  lined  with  a  drab  jean  lining.  The  front  shall  be 
interlined  with  the  canvas  padding.  In  the  facing  close  to  the 
lining  a  vertical  pocket  shall  be  inserted  6  inches  long,  the  top  of 
the  pocket  to  be  on  a  line  with  the  bottom  of  the  armhole.  The 
total  number  of  buttons  on  the  coat  shall  be  seven  35-ligne  and  eight 
25-ligne.  The  coat  is  to  be  made  in  all  respects  according  to  the 
standard  sample. 

SUMMER  FIELD  COAT.     (PI.  48.) 

187. — The  summer  field  coat  shall  be  made  of  cotton  material  of 
the  same  color  and  weight  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quarter- 
master's Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  extending  to  the  crotch, 
cut  half  close  to  define  the  figure,  with  a  flare  over  the  hips.  On  each 
side  of  the  front  of  the  coat,  extending  from  the  back  to  the  top  of 
the  pocket,  there  shall  be  two  diagonal  gore  seams,  about  1J  inches 
wide  at  the  collar  and  3  inches  wide  at  the  top  of  the  pocket,  so  as  to 
make  the  coat  full  across  the  chest.  The  coat  shall  be  cut  with  a 
seam  down  the  center  back,  the  side  body  between  the  back  and  front 
shall  extend  from  the  armpit  to  the  bottom,  the  lower  corners  of  the 
front  shall  be  cut  square.  The  coat  shall  have  a  two-ply  straight 
front  standing  collar.  The  collar  shall  have  square  corners,  closed 
by  two  brass  hooks  and  eyes,  one  at  the  base  and  one  close  to  the  top 
of  the  collar,  the  inner  ply  shall  extend  1  inch  on  the  left  side  under 
the  eyes,  so  as  to  cover  the  front  opening.  The  sizes  " short"  shall 
have  the  collar  If  inches  high,  the  sizes  " medium"  If  inches  high, 
and  the  sizes  "long"  2  inches  high.  The  coat  shall  be  closed  in  front 
with  one  row  of  five  35-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  of  dull  finish 
bronze  metal,  equally  spaced,  the  top  button  being  three-fourths 
of  an  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar,  and  the  lower  button  at  the 
waistline.  The  coat  shall  have  a  strap  of  two-ply  material  on  each 
shoulder,  sewed  in  at  the  armhole,  its  dimensions  being  3  inches  wide 
at  the  armhole  seam  and  1J  inches  wide  at  a  point  1  inch  from  the 
base  of  the  collar,  from  which  point  the  narrow  end  shall  be  rounded. 


70         UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS. 

There  shall  be  a  buttonhole  worked  lengthwise  of  the  strap,  and  but- 
toned to  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of  dull-finish  bronze  three- 
fourths  of  an  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar.  There  shall  be  one 
patch  pocket  on  each  breast,  7  inches  deep  and  5f  inches  wide,  inside 
measurements,  with  a  vertical  pleat  1J  inches  wide  in  the  center, 
being  sewed  at  the  top  and  bottom,  the  lower  edge  of  the  pocket 
being  rounded.  The  top  of  the  pocket  shall  be  on  a  horizontal  line 
with  the  second  button  from  the  top.  There  shall  be  a  pointed  flap 
of  two-ply  material  over  each  pocket  opening,  3J  inches  wide  at  the 
point  in  the  center,  and  curving  to  1J  inches  deep  at  each  side. 
There  shall  be  a  buttonhole  worked  vertically  in  the  point  of  the  flap 
to  button  to  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of  dull-finish  bronze. 
The  coat  shall  have  a  cuff  on  each  sleeve  3  inches  deep  on  the  underside 
of  the  sleeve  and  running  to  a  point  in  the  center  of  the  upper  side 
of  the  sleeve  6  inches  from  the  bottom.  The  coat  shall  be  faced  with 
the  same  material  4  to  5  inches  wide,  the  facing  extending  to  the 
shoulder  seam.  There  shall  be  a  loop  1J  inches  long  and  one-fourth 
of  an  inch  wide  of  double  materials,  sewed  on  the  inside  of  the  coat  at 
the  base  of  the  collar.  The  coat  shall  have  all  seams  and  edges 
double  stitched,  five-sixteenths  of  an  inch  apart,  and  to  be  finished 
with  five  35-ligne  and  four-25  ligne  buttons  attached  to  the  coat  with 
eyelets  and  rings.  The  coat  is  to  be  made  in  all  respects  according 
to  the  standard  sample. 

WINTER  FIELD  COAT.     (PI.  49.) 

188. — The  winter  field  coat  shall  be  a  single  breasted  sack  coat  of 
the  material  and  color  of  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  extending  to  the  crotch,  cut  half  close 
to  define  the  figure,  with  a  flare  over  the  hips.  On  each  side  of  the 
front  of  the  coat,  extending  from  the  neck  to  the  top  of  the  pocket, 
there  shall  be  two  diagonal  gore  seams  about  1J  inches  wide  at  the 
collar  and  3  inches  wide  at  the  top  of  the  pocket  so  as  to  make  the 
coat  full  across  the  chest.  The  back  shall  be  in  one  piece  and  the  side 
body  between  the  back  and  front  shall  extend  from  the  armpit  to  the 
bottom,  the  lower  corners  of  the  front  shall  be  cut  square.  The  coat 
shall  have  a  straight  front  standing  collar  of  two  ply,  stiffened  by  a 
strip  of  suitable  material  inserted  between  the  two  ply.  The  collar 
shall  have  square  corners,  closed  by  two  dull  finished  bronzed  hooks 
and  eyes,  one  at  the  base  and  one  close  to  the  top  of  the  collar.  The 
inner  ply  shall  extend  1  inch  on  the  left  side  under  the  eyes  so  as  to 
cover  the  front  opening.  The  size  " short"  shall  have  the  collar  If 
inches  high,  the  size  "medium"  If  inches  high,  and  the  size  "long"  2 
inches  high.  The  coat  shall  be  closed  in  front  by  one  row  of  five 
35-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons  of  dull  finish  bronze  metal,  equally 
spaced,  the  top  button  being  J  of  an  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar, 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE  CORPS.          71 

and  the  lower  button  at  the  waist  line.  The  coat  shall  have  a  strap 
of  two  ply  cloth  on  each  shoulder,  sewed  in  at  the  armhole,  its 
dimensions  being  3  inches  wide  at  the  armhole  seam  and  1£  inches 
wide  at  a  point  1  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar,  from  which  point  the 
narrow  end  of  the  strap  shall  be  rounded ;  in  the  center  of  the  rounded 
end  there  shall  be  a  buttonhole  worked  lengthwise  of  the  strap,  and 
buttoned  to  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of  dull-finish  bronze  sewed 
to  the  coat  J  of  an  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar.  At  a  point  1J 
inches  from  armhole  seam  the  straps  shall  be  stitched  down  to  the 
coat  with  one  row  of  stitching  and  two  cross  rows  of  diagonal  stitch- 
ing, the  edge  of  the  trap  to  be  cut  almost  straight.  There  shall  be 
one  patch  pocket  on  each  breast  7  inches  deep  and  5J  inches  wide, 
inside  measurements,  with  a  vertical  pleat  1J  inches  wide  in  the 
center,  being  sewed  at  the  top  and  bottom,  the  lower  edge  of  the 
pocket  being  rounded.  The  top  of  the  pocket  shall  be  on  a  horizontal 
line  with  the  second  button  from  the  top.  There  shall  be  a  pointed 
flap  of  two-ply  cloth  over  each  outer  pocket  opening,  3£  inches  wide 
at  the  point  in  the  center,  and  curving  to  1J  inches  deep  at  each  side; 
there  shall  be  a  buttonhole  worked  vertically  in  the  point  of  the  flap 
to  button  to  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of  dull  finish  bronze  sewed 
to  the  pleat  of  the  pocket.  The  coat  shall  have  a  cuff  on  each  sleeve 
3  inches  deep  on  the  under  side  of  the  sleeve,  and  running  to  a  point 
in  the  center  of  the  upper  side  of  the  sleeve  6  inches  from  the  bottom. 
The  edge  of  the  coat,  the  base  of  the  collar,  the  upper  edge  of  cuffs, 
and  the  edge  of  the  shoulder  strap  shall  be  piped  with  scarlet  flannel  J 
of  an  inch  wide,  except  the  edge  of  the  shoulder  strap  sewed  in  at  the 
armhole,  which  shall  be  plain.  The  shoulder  of  the  coat  shall  be 
supported  by  a  cotton  pad,  which  shall  be  centered  at  the  shoulder 
seam,  and  extended  full  length  down  the  back  and  front  of  the  arm- 
hole,  the  edge  of  the  pad  extending  over  the  sleeve  head  seam  \  of 
an  inch  full.  The  coat  shall  be  faced  with  the  same  material  4  to  5 
inches  wide,  the  facing  extending  to  the  shoulder  seam.  The  coat 
shall  be  lined  with  the  Italian  lining,  the  same  color  as  the  cloth. 
The  sleeves  shall  be  lined  with  a  drab  jean  lining.  The  front  shall  be 
interlined  with  the  canvas  padding.  In  the  facing  close  to  the  lining 
a  vertical  pocket  shall  be  inserted  6  inches  long,  the  top  of  the  pocket 
to  be  on  a  line  with  the  bottom  of  the  armhole.  The  total  number 
of  buttons  on  the  coat  shall  be  five  35-ligne  and  four  25-ligne.  The 
coat  is  to  be  made  in  all  respects  according  to  the  standard  sample. 
NOTE. — The  piping  on  this  coat  will  be  temporarily  omitted. 
(Changes  No.  8.) 

OVERCOAT.     (PL  50.) 

189.  For  enlisted  men. — The  overcoat  shall  be  made  the  same  as 
the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Ma- 
rine Corps.  It  shall  be  double-breasted  with  two  rows  of  45-ligne 


72          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

Marine  Corps  buttons  of  dull-finish  bronze  on  the  front,  five  buttons 
in  each  row,  the  distance  between  the  rows  being  12  inches  at  the 
top  and  6  inches  at  the  bottom,  the  upper  buttons  being  on  a  hori- 
zontal line  with  the  collar  opening  and  the  lower  buttons  being  1 
inch  below  the  waist  Line,  the  coat  overlapping  in  front  a  distance 
equal  to  the  distance  between  the  two  rows  of  buttons.  The  coat 
shall  extend  to  from  8  to  10  inches  below  the  knee  when  the  wearer 
is  in  a  standing  position.  The  back  shall  be  cut  semifull.  There 
shall  be  a  vent  in  the  center  of  the  back,  extending  from  the  height 
of  the  crotch  to  the  bottom  of  the  coat.  The  left  side  of  this  vent 
shall  overlap  the  right  side  2  inches.  The  back  at  the  waist  shall 
have  two  straps  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  attached  to  the 
coat  at  the  side  seams,  the  straps  being  2J  inches  wide,  the  right 
strap  having  two  buttonholes  and  the  left  strap  two  45-ligne  Marine 
Corps  buttons  of  dull-finish  bronze,  the  length  of  the  straps  and  the 
positions  of  the  buttons  and  buttonholes  being  such  that  when 
buttoned  the  coat  will  fit  snugly  at  the  waist.  There  shall  be  3 
belt  loops  on  the  back  strap,  one  on  the  center,  and  one  on  each  side. 
The  coat  shall  have  a  standing  rolling  collar,  1J  inches  stand  and  4} 
inches  leaf  for  stouts;  2  inches  stand  and  4J  inches  leaf,  for  longs, 
with  one  cloak  clasp  and  eye  1J  inches  for  stouts  and  1}  inches  for 
longs,  and  a  tab  on  the  leaf  part  for  securing  the  collar  in  a  standing 
position.  On  each  shoulder  there  shall  be  a  strap  of  the  same  material 
as  the  coat,  stitched  in  at  the  shoulder  seam  and  extending  to  the 
base  of  the  collar,  the  shoulder  end  being  3  inches  wide  and  from 
there  tapering  to  1 J  inches  wide  at  a  point  1  inch  from  the  collar  end, 
which  end  shall  be  rounded  and  attached  to  the  coat  by  means  of 
a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  button  of  dull-finish  bronze.  The  strap  shall 
be  stitched  to  the  coat  with  one  row  of  stitching  1J  inches  from  the 
shoulder  seam  and  shall  have  two  rows  of  diagonal  cross  stitching 
between  this  row  and  the  shoulder  seam.  On  each  sleeve  there 
shall  be  a  cuff  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  3  inches  wide  on  the 
under  sleeve  and  curving  to  a  point  at  the  center  of  the  upper  sleeve 
6  inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  sleeve.  There  shall  be  an  inside 
breast  pocket  on  the  left  side.  A  tab  5£  inches  long  and  2  inches 
wide  shall  be  provided  with  a  buttonhole  in  each  end  and  a  25-ligne 
Marine  Corps  dull-finish  bronze  button  on  the  inside  of  each  front 
edge  of  the  coat  3  inches  from  the  bottom,  so  that  the  coat  skirts  may 
be  buttoned  back  for  marching.  The  edges  of  the  collar,  shoulder 
straps,  tabs,  back  straps,  and  back  vent,  and  the  front  edges  of  the 
coat  shall  be  stitched  with  one  row  of  plain  stitching  i  of  an  inch  from 
the  edge.  The  body  of  the  coat  shall  be  lined  with  flannel  or  cloth 
of  the  same  shade  as  the  material  of  the  coat,  and  there  shall  be  placed 
on  top  of  lining  a  yoke  of  Italian  cloth,  of  the  same  shade,  for  a 
depth  of  16  inches  from  the  base  of  collar.  On  the  overcoat  non- 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          73 

commissioned  officers  shall  wear  the  chevrons,  and  drummers  and 
trumpeters  the  designs  prescribed  for  the  winter  field  coat.  Re- 
enlisted  men  shall  wear  the  same  service  stripes  on  the  sleeves  of 
the  overcoat  as  those  prescribed  for  the  winter  field  coat. 

FLANNEL  SHIRT. 

190.  ATI  enlisted  men. — The  flannel  shirt  shall  be  a  light  woolen 
coat  shirt,  having  reinforced  elbows,  a  rolling  collar  3  inches  wide, 
with  one  patch  pocket  on  each  breast,  closed  by  a  V-shaped  flap, 
with  cuffs  2J  inches  deep;   all  buttons  to  be  flat  and  made  of  brown 
bone,  J  inch  in  diameter.     The  shirt  to  be  of  the  same  color,  and 
to  be  made  in  every  respect  according  to  the  standard  sample  in  .the 
Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

DRESS  TROUSERS.     (PL  47.) 

191.  Noncommissioned  officers. — The  dress  trousers  shall  be  of  sky- 
blue  kersey,  cut  with  medium  spring;  with  side  pockets;  having  a 
stripe  of  scarlet  cloth  1  inch  wide  down  each  outer  seam,  the  edges  of 
the  scarlet  cloth  being  welted  one-eighth  of  an  inch.     The  suspender 
buttons  shall  be  on  the  inside  of  the  waistband,  which  shall  have 
six  belt  loops. 

192.  Privates,  drummers,  and  trumpeters. — The  full-dross  trousers 
shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  noncommissioned  officers,  omitting 
the  scarlet  stripes  down  the  outer  seams. 

WHITE  TROUSERS. 

193.  Noncommissioned    officers,    drummers,    trumpeters,    and    pri- 
vates.— The  white  trousers  shall  be  made  of  white  cotton  drill,  after 
the  same  pattern  as  the  dress  trousers  for  privates.     All  buckles  and 
buttons  shall  be  of  brass,  the  suspender  buttons  shall  be  sewed  on 
the  inside  of  the  waistband,  and  there  shall  be  six  belt  loops. 

SUMMER  FIELD  TROUSERS.     (PI.  48.) 

194.  Noncommissioned    officers,    drummers,    trumpeters,    and    pri- 
vates.— The  summer  field  trousers  shall  be  made  of  the  same  mate- 
rial as  the  field  coat  and  after  the  same  pattern  as  the  white  trousers. 

WINTER  FIELD  TROUSERS.     (PL  49.) 

195.  All  enlisted  men. — The  winter  field  trousers  shall  be  made  of 
kersey  of  the  same  color  as  prescribed  for  the  winter  field  coat,  and 
they  shall  be  cut  in  the  same  style  and  after  the  same  pattern  as  the 
dress  trousers  for  privates,  except  that  the  seats  and  thighs  shall  be 
proportionately  larger  in  all  of  the  sizes. 


74          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

WINTER  FIELD  BREECHES.     (PI.  49.) 

196.  All  enlisted  men. — The  winter  field  breeches  shall  be  made  of 
kersey  of  the  same  color  as  that  prescribed  for  the  winter  field  coat. 
They  shall  be  cut  loose  in  the  thigh,  tight  at  the  knee  and  from  the 
knee  down,  with  ample  length  from  hip  to  knee,  and  shall  extend  to  a 
point  just  above  the  ankle  joint.    The  outside  seam  of  each  leg  shall 
be  slit  from  the  knee  down,  and  fastened  below  this  by  a  lacing  of 
the  same  color  as  the  cloth  of  the  breeches,  securing  through  eyelets 
worked  in  the  cloth  at  both  sides  of  the  slits.     They  shall  be  provided 
with  six  belt  loops  and  the  buttons  shall  be  sewed  on  the  inside  of 
the  waistband.     They  shall  have  two  side  and  one  hip  pockets. 

DRESS  CAP.     (PL  47.) 

197.  Noncommissioned    officers,    drummers,    trumpeters,    and    pri- 
vates.— The  dress  cap  shall  be  made  of  dark  blue  cloth  of  the  same 
quality  and  color  as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps.     The  cloth  shall  be  well  sponged, 
without  refinishing,  before  being  made  into  caps.     The  band  shall  be 
1 J  inches  wide,  formed  by  the  material  of  the  body  of  the  cap,  between 
two  welts  of  scarlet  cloth  J  of  an  inch  wide,  each  welt  at  top  and 
bottom  projecting  about  J  of  an  inch,  the  bottom  welt  being  about 
J  inch  above  the  base  of  the  cap;    the  band  being  strengthened 
by  a  strip  of  wicker  2  inches  wide,  well  shellacked  on  both  sides. 
The  upper  and  lower  edges  of  the  wicker  band  shall  be  bound  with 
strong  silesia  J  inch  wide,  and  sewed  in  between  the  sweatband 
and  the  body  of  the  cap.     The  crown  shall  be  bell-shaped,  about 
1J  inches  larger  at  the  top  than  at  the  base;    height,  measuring 
from  lower  welt  in  front,  3£  inches;    in  the  back,  3  inches.     The 
visor  shall  slant  downward  at  an  angle  of  about  60  degrees  from 
the  horizontal,   and  be  made   of  black  patent  enameled  leather, 
lined  with  an  embossed  green  leather  securely  cemented  to  the 
body  of  the  visor  by  the  best  rubber  cement,  and  bound  with  black 
patent  leather  to  the  depth  of  A  of  an  inch,  the  upper  edge  of  the 
binding  being  neatly  turned  in  and  stitched.     The  width  of  the  visor 
at  its  widest  part,  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  center  front  of  the  cap 
to  the  edge  of  the  binding,  shall  be  If  inches,  and  the  entire  visor 
shall  be  molded  to  shape. 

A  25-ligne  fire  gilt  button,  the  shell  portion  being  attached  by 
means  of  a  threaded  solid  post  fitting  into  a  threaded  hollow  post, 
shall  be  placed  on  each  side  immediately  behind  the  ends  of  the 
visor  for  securing  the  chin  strap.  The  chin  strap  shall  be  made  of 
good  enameled  leather  in  two  parts,  each  part  about  9  inches  long 
and  one-half  inch  wide,  fitted  with  a  leather  slide  on  the  end  of  the 
under  part,  and  the  same  kind  of  a  leather  keeper  on  the  end  of  the 
upper  part,  through  which  the  end  finished  to  a  point  shall  project 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.          75 

about  one-fourth  inch  to  permit  the  strap  to  be  adjusted  at  will;  and 
it  shall  have  metal  eyelets  at  each  end  for  the  button  post.  The 
sweat  leather  shall  be  of  good  quality  belgian  leather,  about  If  inches 
wide,  turned  on  the  upper  edge  and  properly  cemented.  The  lining 
shall  be  of  strong  black  sateen,  cut  and  shaped  to  the  inner  side  of  the 
crown,  joined  at  the  seam  with  the  crownpiece  of  the  cap  and  stitched 
therewith  to  hold  the  lining  at  all  times  in  position.  Between  the 
wicker  stiffening  and  the  body  of  the  cap  shall  be  placed  a  strong 
piece  of  furniture  haircloth  to  fit  the  cap,  bound  at  the  top  by  a  strong 
cutting  of  silesia  about  1J  inches  wide,  in  which  shall  be  inserted  a 
flat  steel-covered  wire  about  three-sixteenths  inch  wide,  the  whole 
being  secured  to  the  haircloth  by  two  rows  of  stitching.  The  front 
quarter  shall  be  reinforced  by  two  upright  stays  of  steel  wire  about 
1  inch  apart  extending  from  the  crown  wire  to  the  base  of  the  band 
and  covered  on  the  inside  by  a  strong  piece  of  black  elastic.  The 
haircloth  shall  be  well  shrunk  before  being  cut  for  manufacture. 
Each  cap  shall  have  four  black  metal  eyelets  for  ventilation,  two  on  each 
side  of  the  cap,  the  center  of  each  eyelet  being  placed  halfway  between 
the  upper  seam  of  the  welt  and  the  top  of  the  cap,  and  1 J  inches  apart 
from  each  other.  There  shall  be  a  metal  eyelet  in  the  center  line  of 
the  front,  midway  between  the  upper  welt  and  the  edge  of  the  crown, 
for  the  post  of  the  ornament.  Each  cap  shall  have  a  loop  of  black 
mohair  or  worsted  braid,  not  less  than  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide, 
securely  fastened  under  the  sweat  leather  at  the  back  seam,  and  the 
sweat  leather  shall  be  sewed  to  the  cap  with  not  less  than  seven  fine 
stitches  to  the  inch.  The  above  specifications  are  based  on  size  7J. 

CAP    FRAME. 

(a)  The  cap  frame  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard  sample  in  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps.  When  the  white 
cap  cover  is  worn  on  the  frame  the  gilt  buttons  shall  be  worn  and  when 
the  summer  field  cover  is  worn  the  bronze  buttons  shall  be  worn.. 

WHITE  CAP  COVER. 

198.  The  white  cover  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard  sample  in 
the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  and  shall  be 
worn  on  the  cap  frame. 

SUMMER  FIELD  CAP  COVER. 

199  The  summer  field  cap  cover  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  and  shall  be  worn  on  the 
cap  frame. 

200.  AH  enlisted  men. — The  field  cap  shall  be  of  the  same  descrip- 
tion and  dimensions  as  the  dress  cap  prescribed  for  enlisted  men  and 
shall  be  made  of  cloth  of  the  same  color  as  the  winter  field  uniform. 


76         UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

The  welts  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  band  shall  be  plain  without 
scarlet  piping,  the  visor  and  chin  strap  shall  be  made  of  leather  of 
the  prescribed  shade,  and  the  buttons  and  corps  device  shall  be  of 
dull-finish  bronze.  Brown  enameled  metal  ventilators  will  be 
placed  in  the  cap  in  like  manner  as  prescribed  for  black  ventilators 
in  the  dress  cap. 

FIELD  HAT.     (PL  48.) 

201.  All  enlisted  men. — The  field  hat  shall  be  made  of  felt  according 
to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps.     The  brim  shall  be  made  nearly  flat,  3  inches  wide 
at  the  sides  and  about  2J  inches  at  the  front  and  back,  and  rein- 
forced around  the  outer  edge  by  a  strip  of  the  same  felt  as  the  hat, 
one-half  inch  wide.     The  hat  shall  be  blocked  to  a  point  at  the 
center  of  the  crown  and  the  height  shall  be  5J  inches.     The  band 
shall  be  a  ribbed  silk  ribbon  of  the  same  color  as  the  hat,  and  1  inch 
wide.     The  corps  device  prescribed  for  caps,  in  dull-finish  bronze, 
shall  be  attached  to  the  hat  with  its  post  on  the  front  center  line 
2f  inches  above  the  base  of  the  crown.     Company  numerals,  and  in 
recruit  companies,  letters,  will  be  worn  on  the  hat,  bottom  of  the 
letter  or  numeral  to  rest  on  top  of  the  band,  directly  underneath 
the  eyelet  for  the  corps  device.     A  cord,  as  issued,  shall  be  worn  to 
hold  the  hat  on  the  head,  this  cord  passing  around  the  head  at  the 
back,  and  neatly  tied  in  a  square  knot  without  loose  ends. 

WINTER  STORM  CAP. 

202.  Noncommissioned  officers,    drummers,    trumpeters,  and  pri- 
vates.— The  winter  storm  cap  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard  sam- 
ple in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

CORPS  DEVICES  FOR  CAPS  AND  HAT. 

203.  Noncommissioned    officers,    drummers,    trumpeters,    and    pri- 
vates.— A  corps  device,  struck  from  one  piece  of  gilder's  metal  No. 
14,  of  the  same  pattern  and  dimensions  as  the  standard  sample  in  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  shall  be  worn  on 
the  front  of  the  dress  cap.     When  the  white  cap  cover  is  worn,  this 
device  shall  be  worn  outside  of  the  cover.     A  corps  device  of  the 
same  pattern  and  dimensions  in  dull-finish  bronze  shall  be  worn 
on  the  field  cap  and  field  hat.     The  dimensions  of  these  devices 
shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  officers. 

SHOES. 

204.  AU  enlisted  men. — The  shoes  shall  be  of  black  calfskin  or  tan 
leather  made  according  to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS.       77 

ARCTIC  SHOES. 

205.  The  arctic  shoes  shall  be  made  according  to  the  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

SOCKS. 

206.  AU  enlisted  men. — The  socks  shall  be  made  according  to  the 
standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine 
Corps. 

TROUSERS  BELT. 

207.  AU  enlisted  men. — The  trousers  belt  shall  be  of  web  belting, 
If  inches  wide,  of  the  color  of  the  summer  field  uniform,  and  made 
according  to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
of  the  Marine  Corps. 

UNDERSHIRTS. 

208.  AU  enlisted  men. — The  undershirts  shall  be  made  according  to 
the  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps. 

DRAWERS. 

209.  AU  enlisted  men. — The  drawers  shall  be  made  according  to 
the  standard   samples  in   the  Quartermaster's  Department   of  the 
Marine  Corps. 

SUSPENDERS. 

210.  All  enlisted  men. — The  suspenders  shall  be  made  according  to 
the   standard   sample   in    the  Quartermaster's   Department  of   the 
Marine  Corps. 

PAJAMAS. 

211.  All  enlisted  men. — The  pajamas  shall  consist  of  coat  and  trou- 
sers made  according  to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

DUNGAREES. 

212.  All  enlisted  men  for  whom  required. — The  dungarees  shall  con- 
sist of  a  coat  and  trousers  made  according  to  the  standard  sample  in 
the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

GLOVES. 

213.  All  enlisted  men. — The  gloves  shall  be  of  white  cotton  for  wear 
with  dress  uniform,  and  of  wool  of  the  same  color  as  the  winter  field 
uniform  for  wear  with  that  uniform  or  with  overcoats,  both  kinds 
being  according  to  the  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 


78          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

RAIN  CLOTHES. 

214.  All  enlisted  men. — The  rain  clothes  shall  consist  of  a  coat,  hat, 
and  boots,  the  same  as  the  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps.     The  rain  clothes  shall  be  used  by 
men  on  guard  duty  or  by  messengers,  orderlies,  and  daily  duty  men 
whose  duties  are  such  that  they  require  this  protection. 

BLANKET. 

215.  All  enlisted  men. — The  blanket  shall  be  of  wool  and  the  same 
as  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps. 

PONCHO. 

216.  AH  enlisted  men. — The  ponchos  shall  be  the  same  as  the 
standard  sample  in  the  quartermaster's  department  of  the  Marine 
Corps. 

LEGGINGS.     (PL  48.) 

217.  All  enlisted  men. — The  leggings  shall  be  the  same  as  the 
standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine 
Corps. 

HAVERSACK,  KNAPSACK,  AND  CANTEEN. 

218.  All  enlisted  men. — The  haversack,   knapsack,   and   canteen 
shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps.    Sergeants  major  and  quartermaster 
sergeants  will  not  be  issued  knapsacks. 

NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS'  SWORDS.     (PL  18.) 

219.  Sergeant  major  and  quartermaster  sergeant. — The  sword  shall 
be  of  curved  pattern,  with  blade  of  bright  steel  bearing  the  prescribed 
decoration  on  both  sides,  with  half -basket  guard  of  brass,  and  black 
leather  grip  wrapped  with  brass  wire.     The  scabbard  shall  be  of  black 
leather  with  plain  brass  ferrule  and  two  plain  brass  straps  with 
rings  attached  thereto  for  slinging  the  sword. 

220.  Othei  noncommissioned  officers  for  whom  prescribed. — The  sword 
shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  sergeant  major,  and  the  scab- 
bard shall  be  the  same  except  that  there  shall  be  no  rings,  the  lower 
strap  shall  be  omitted  and  the  upper  strap  shall  have  on  the  outer 
side  a  hook  for  holding  it  in  the  frog. 

BELTS  AND  BELT  PLATES. 

221.  Sergeant  major  and  quartermaster  sergeant. — The  dress  belt 
shall  be  of  white  leather  If  inches  wide,  with  slings  three-fourths  inch 
wide  attached  to  the  belt  in  the  same  manner  as  the  slings  of  officers' 
full-dress  belts,  and  it  shall  be  closed  by  a  brass  belt  plate  of  the  same 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          79 

design  as  the  belt  plate  prescribed  for  officers'  full-dress  belts,  except 
that  there  shall  be  no  ornamentation  of  silver  on  it.  The  belt, 
noncommissioned  staff,  fair  leather  (complete)  shall  be  the  same 
as  the  undress  sword  belt  for  officers. 

222.  Other  noncommissioned  officers/or  whom  swords  are  prescribed.— 
The  dress  belt  shall  be  of  white  leather  If  inches  wide,  with  a  sword 
frog  of  the  same  leather,  the  belt  being  closed  by  a  plain  brass  belt 
plate  for  all  except  the  second  leader  of  the  band  and  the  drum 
major,  who  shall  wear  the  plate  prescribed  for  a  sergeant  major. 
The  fair  leather  belt  shall  be  made  of  tan  leather  If  inches  wide, 
with  a  frog  of  the  same  material,  the  belt  being  closed  by  means  of  a 
bronze  metal  trace  buckle. 

223.  All  men  armed  with  the  rifle. — The  dress  belt  shall  be  made  of 
white  leather  If  inches  wide,  closed  by  a  plain  brass  belt  plate.     The 
fair  leather  belt  shall  be  1}  inches  wide,  and  closed  by  means  of  a 
bronze  metal  trace  buckle.     The  dress  and  fair  leather  belts  shall  be 
provided  with  a  sliding  frog  of  the  same  material  as  the  belt,  to  hold 
the  bayonet  scabbard  in  place.     In  the  field  the  cartridge  belt  shall 
be  worn. 

(a)  All  men  armed  with  pistol. — The  pistol  belt  shall  be  the  same  as 
the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  Staff  non- 
commissioned officers  will  wear  the  pistol-belt  suspenders  and  the 
haversack  with  the  pistol  belt,  as  prescribed  for  commissioned  and 
warrant  officers. 

DRUM,  DRUMSTICKS,  TRUMPET,  TRUMPET  CORD,  DRUM  SLINGS,  AND 

STICK  CARRIAGE. 

224.  Drummers  and  trumpeters. — They  shall  be  the  same  as  the 
standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine 
Corps.     Field  trumpet  cords  and  webbing  drum  slings  shall  be  used 
when  the  field  uniform  is  worn  or  when  cartridge  belts  are  worn; 
and  red  trumpet  cords  and  white  leather  drum  slings  shall  be  used 
at  all  other  times. 

CHEVRONS.     (Pis.  51  to  57.) 

225.  The  chevrons  for  the  dress  coat  shall  be  of  yellow-silk  lace, 
one-half  inch  wide  on  a  backing  of  scarlet  cloth  which  shall  show  one- 
eighth  of  an  inch  between  the  bars  and  along  the  edges,  worn  on  the 
sleeves  above  the  elbow,  with  the  point  up,  the  point  of  the  chevron 
being  4  inches  below  the  shoulder  seam,  and  the  space  between  the 
bars  being  one-eighth  of  an  inch.     The  total  width  of  the  chevron  shall 
be  8  inches. 

Sergeant  major. — Three  bars  with  3  arcs  on  scarlet  ground. 
Second  leader  of  the  band. — Three  bars  with  3  arcs  on  scarlet  ground 
with  a  cornet  in  yellow  silk  on  scarlet  ground  in  the  angle. 


80          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

Quartermaster  sergeant. — Three  bars  with  3  ties  on  scarlet  ground. 

Quartermaster  sergeant,  paymaster's  department. — Three  bars  with 
3  ties  on  scarlet  ground,  with  a  device  representing  a  pile  of  gold  coins 
crossed  by  a  quill  in  yellow  silk  on -scarlet  ground  in  the  angle. 

Gunnery  sergeant. — Three  bars  with  a  device  of  a  bursting  bomb 
and  crossed  rifles  in  yellow  silk  on  scarlet  ground  in  the  angle. 

Drum  major. — Three  bars  with  3  ties  and  a  5-pointed  star  in 
yellow  silk  on  scarlet  ground  in  the  angle. 

First  sergeant. — Three  bars,  with  a  lozenge  of  yellow  silk  on  scarlet 
ground  placed  in  the  angle. 

Sergeant. — Three  bars. 

Corporal. — Two  bars. 

Lance  corporal. — One  bar,  3J  inches  from  side  to  side,  worn  on  the 
right  sleeve  only. 

Musicians. — The  chevrons  for  dress  uniforms  to  be  of  scarlet  cloth, 
3J  inches  wide  by  5J  inches  long,  the  straight  edges  to  measure  2| 
inches,  curving  at  the  bottom  to  form  an  arc  three-fourths  of  an  inch 
high  in  the  center.  At  the  top  to  curve  to  a  point  2|  inches  in  the 
center  above  the  straight  edges.  A  lyre,  2  inches  long  by  1J  inches 
wide,  to  be  embroidered  in  the  center  with  yellow  silk,  the  upper  and 
lower  edges  of  the  chevron  to  be  outlined  with  yellow  lace  braid, 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  wide,  one-eighth  of  an  inch  from  the  edge. 
To  be  in  all  respects  like  and  equal  to  the  standard  sample.  The 
chevrons  for  the  overcoat  and  winter  field  coat  shall  be  of  the  same 
material  and  the  same  design  as  for  the  dress  uniforms,  except  that 
the  silk  embroidering  and  braid  shall  be  of  winter  field  shade. 

226.  The  chevrons  on  the  full-dress  coat  of  the  second  leader  of 
the  band  and  the  drum  major  shall  be  of  J-inch  real  gold  lace,  made 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  silk  chevron;  the  cornet  of  the  second 
leader  and  the  star  of  the  drum  major's  full-dress  chevrons  being 
embroidered  in  gold. 

227.  On  the  whiter  field  coat  the  chevrons  shall  be  made  of  the 
same  material  as  the  coat,  the  bars  shall  be  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
wide,  sewed  on  a  backing  of  scarlet  cloth,  which  shall  show  at  the 
edges  and  between  the  bars  one-eighth  of  an  inch.     The  total  width 
of  the  chevron  shall  be  3£  inches,  and  they  will  be  worn  on  both 
sleeves,  point  up,  midway  between  the  elbow  and  the  shoulder 
seam. 

228.  On  the  overcoat  the  chevrons  shall  be  the  same  as  those 
prescribed  for  the  winter  field  coat,  and  they  shall  be  worn  in  the 
same  position  on  the  sleeve. 

229.  On  the  summer  field  coat  the  chevrons  shall  be  made  of  woolen 
material  of  a  darker  shade  than  the  coat,  on  a  backing  of  the  same 
material  as  the  coat,  and  of  the  same  dimensions  as  prescribed  for 
the  winter  field  coat. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          81 

230.  On  the  flannel  shirt  the  chevrons  will  be  the  same  as  those 
prescribed  in  paragraph  229  for  the  summer  field  coat  and  they  will 
be  worn  on  both  sleeves  midway  between  the  elbow  and  the  shoulder 
seam. 

231.  Drummers  shall  wear  a  design  consisting  of  a  pair  of  crossed 
drumsticks,  with  the  buttons  down;  the  length  of  the  stick  being 
2J  inches.     (PL  55.) 

232.  Trumpeters  shall  wear  a  design  consisting  of  a  horizontal 
trumpet,  with  the  mouthpiece  to  the  front,  2J  inches  long  and  one-half 
inch  in  width  at  the  center.     (PL  55.) 

233.  These  designs  shall  be  worn  on  the  sleeves,  halfway  between 
the  elbow  and  the  shoulder ;  for  the  dress  coat  they  shall  be  embroid- 
ered in  yellow  silk  on  dark-blue  material  the  same  as  the  coats ;  for  the 
field  coats,  overcoat,  and  flannel  shirt  they  shall  be  embroidered  in 
gray  linen  thread  on  material  the  same  as  the  respective  coats  and 
shirt  on  which  they  are  to  be  worn. 

GUN  POINTERS'  BADGES.     (PL  55.) 

'  234.  On  the  dress  coat  enlisted  men  serving  on  board  ship,  who 
have  qualified  as  gun  pointers,  shall,  while  regularly  detailed  as  such, 
wear  midway  between  the  elbow  and  the  lower  end  of  the  right  sleeve  a 
distinctive  badge,  the  design  of  which  shall  be  as  follows :  A  6-pounder 
gun  mounted  on  a  cage  mount,  total  length  of  the  design  being  2J 
inches,  and  height  measuring  through  center  of  base  1£  inches,  all 
embroidered  in  fast-dye  scarlet  silk  for  gun  pointers,  first  class,  and 
in  white  silk  for  gun  pointers,  second  class. 

On  the  field  coats  and  flannel  shirt  the  design  shall  be  embroidered 
in  drab  linen  thread  on  drill  for  the  summer  field  coat,  on  cloth  for 
the  winter  field  coat,  and  on  flannel  for  the  shirt,  all  of  these  materials 
being  of  the  same  color  as  the  field  uniform. 

(a)  For  all  enlisted  men. — The  target  insignia  for  the  Navy  course 
will  be  made  according  to  the  standard  samples  in  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps.  The  insignia  will  be  worn  on  the 
right  sleeve  of  the  coat  and  shirt;  on  the  dress  coat,  in  front  of  and 
directly  opposite  the  middle  cuff  button,  midway  between  the  edge  of 
the  button  and  the  vertical  seam  of  the  cuff;  on  the  summer  field 
coat,  the  bottom  edge  of  the  target  2J  inches  above  the  bottom  edge 
of  the^  sleeve,  center  of  target  directly  underneath  the  point  of  the 
cuff ;  on  the  flannel  shirt,  bottom  edge  of  the  target  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  from  top  edge  of  cuff,  3  niches  from  edge  of  cuff  opening;  on  the 
overcoat,  in  same  position  as  on  summer  field  coat. 

(&)  Gun  captains'  insignia. — Each  marine  regularly  detailed  by  the 
commanding  officer  of  a  vessel  as  a  gun  captain,  except  at  a  secondary 
battery  gun  (less  than  4-inch  caliber),  shall  wear  the  insignia  on  the 
101461°— 17 6 


\ 

82          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   SPATES'  M^fMNE   CORPS. 

right  sleeve,  midway  between  the  elbow  and  the,  end  of  the  sleeve,  the 
design  of  which  shall  be  a  gun,  with  its  axis  horizontal,  the  muzzle  of 
the  gun  pointing  to  the  front.  On  the  dress  coat  the  insignia  shall  be 
embroidered  with  white  silk,  on  a  backing  of  the  same  material  as  the 
coat.  On  the  field  coat  and  the  flannel  shirtf  the  insignia  shall  be 
embroidered  with  winter  field  shade  silk,  on  &  backing  of  the  same 

material  as  the  coat. 

\ 

SERVICE  STRIPES.     (PL  47.)  ' 

235.  To  indicate  service,  all  noncommissioned  officers,  drummers^- 
trumpeters,  privates,  and  musicians,  who  have^served  faithfully  one 
term  of  enlistment  in  any  branch  of  the  Government  service,  shall 
wear,  as  a  mark  of  distinction,  upon  each  sleeve  midway  between 
the  bottom  of  the  sleeve  and  the  elbow,  a  service  stripe.  On  the 
dress  coat  this  stripe  shall  be  8  inches  long  and  shall  be  sewed  on  the 
sleeve  above  the  strap  with  the  front  end  of  the  stripe  4J  inches  and 
the  rear  end  8J  inches  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  sleeve,  and  it  shall 
be  made  of  yellow  silk  lace  one-half  of  an  inch  wide,  edged  with  scar- 
let cloth  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide.  An  additional  service  stripe 
shall  be  added  for  each  additional  term  of  enlistment  completed  as 
above  prescribed  and  shall  be  placed  above  the  other  stripes  showing 
one-eighth  of  an  inch  of  scarlet  cloth  between.  These  stripes  on  the 
full-dress  coats  of  the  second  leader  of  the  band  and  drum  major 
shall  be  of  real  gold  lace  one-half  of  an  inch  wide.  On  the  winter 
field  coat  and  overcoat  the  service  stripe  shall  be  3  j  inches  long  and 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  wide  of  the  same  material  as  the  coat,  sewed 
to  a  backing  of  scarlet  cloth  which  shall  show  all  around  the  stripe 
for  one-eighth  of  an  inch.  The  stripes  shall  be  sewed  on  the  sleeve 
1£  inches  above  the  point  of  the  cuff  at  an  angle  of  30  degrees  with 
the  bottom  of  the  sleeve  and  the  ends  shall  be  bias  cut  to  show  a 
vertical  edge.  Additional  stripes  shall  be  added  above  the  first  one, 
the  ends  being  kept  vertical,  and  the  backing  of  scarlet  cloth  showing 
one-eighth  of  an  inch  between  the  stripes. 

BATON  AND  CORD. 

(a)  For  drum  major  of  post  lands. — The  baton  and  cord  for  post 
bands  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard  sample  hi  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 


CHAPTER  9. 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  MARKING  CLOTHING  AND  EQUIPMENTS 
OF   ENLISTED    MEN    OF    THE    MARINE    CORPS. 

CLOTHING. 

236.  Every  article  of  clothing  shall  be  plainly  marked  with  the 
owner's  name,  using  either  stencil  or.  stamp,  the  letters  to  be  similar 
in  size  and  style  to  the  following  sample : 


j.  T  SMITH. 


These  names  shall  be  marked  in  black  on  light-colored  material 
and  in  white  on  dark-colored  material,  and  shall  be  placed  on  the 
several  articles  as  follows: 

Caps. — Inside  the  crown. 

Cap  covers. — Inside  the  band. 

Coats,  Hue. — On  lining  of  right  sleeve,  near  the  shoulder  seam. 

Coats,  field. — Inside,  on  right  facing,  under  the  pocket. 

Drawers. — On  the  outside  of  right  half  waistband. 

Gloves. — Inside  wrist,  parallel  to  edge. 

Hats. — Inside  the  crown. 

Leggings. — On  the  inside,  1  inch  from  and  parallel  to  the  top. 

Shirts,  under. — Across  center  of  back  inside,  1  inch  below  collar. 

Shirts,  flannel. — On  the  inside  facing,  underneath  the  right  pocket. 

Shoes. — Inside,  near  the  top. 

Socles. — On  the  leg,  near  the  top. 

Trousers. — Inside,  right  waistband. 

Blankets  shah1  be  marked  with  the  owner's  name  in  white  block 
letters  1  inch  in  height,  similar  to  the  standard  stencil  issued  by  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps,  on  the  face  of  the 
blanket,  in  the  center  of  the  lower  stripe. 

ACCOUTERMENTS. 

237.  Accouterments,  the  property  of  the  Government,  shall  not 
be  marked  with  the  name  of  the  man  to  whom  they  are  issued,  but 
may  be  marked  in  black  with  distinguishing  number  of  regiment, 
letter  for  company,  and  number  of  identification  of  the  man  to  whom 
issued;  the  letters  and  numbers  to  be  similar  in  style  and  size  to  the 
following  sample : 

2.  B.  52 

Haversacks,  canteens,  and  knapsacks  shall  be  marked  on  the  backs, 
1  inch  from  and  in  the  center  of  the  lower  edge,  and  belts  and  sus- 
pender straps  on  the  inside. 

83 


CHAPTER  10. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SEVERAL  UNIFORMS  OF  MEMBERS  OF 

THE    MARINE   BAND. 
238. 


Grade. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


Leader,  second  leader,  and  all 
musicians. 


Leader  only. 


Leader,  second  leader,  all  musi- 
cians, and  drum  major. 


Leader  only. 


Leader,     second     leader,     all 
musicians,  and  drum  major. 


Leader  only. 
84 


SPECIAL   FULL   DRESS. 

Special  full-dress  coat. 
Special  full-dress  trousers. 
Special  full-dress  cap. 
White  gloves. 
Black  shoes. 
Medals  and  badges. 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

Shoulder  knots. 

This  uniform  shall  be  worn  on  occasions  of  indoor 
functions  at  which  the  band  has  to  play,  or  on 
other  special  occasions  when  prescribed. 

FULL  DRESS. 

Full-dress  coat. 

Full-dress  trousers.  (White  trousers  may  be  pre- 
scribed.) 

Full-dress  cap.     (Shako,  for  drum  major  only.) 
Shoulder  knots  (for  all  except  leader). 
Aiguillettes  (for  all  except  drum  major). 
White  gloves. 
Black  shoes. 
Medals  and  badges. 
Accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed. 

Epaulets. 

Sword. 

Full-dress  sword  belt. 

Full-dress  sword  knot. 

This  uniform  shall  be  worn  on  occasions  of  parades 
or  reviews,  when  officers  appear  in  special  full 
dress  or  full-dress  uniform,  and  when  prescribed 
by  the  commanding  officer. 

DRESS. 

Dress  coat. 

Dress  trousers.  (White  trousers  may  be  pre- 
scribed.) 

Dress  cap.  (White  caps  may  be  prescribed  and 
shall  be  worn  with  white  trousers.) 

White  gloves. 

Black  shoes. 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

Accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed. 

Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 

Undress  sword  knot. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS. 


85 


Grade. 


Garments,  etc.,  composing  uniform. 


Leader,  second  leader,  all  musi- 
cians, and  drum  major. 


Leader  only. 


Leader,  second  leader,  all  musi- 
cians, and  drum  major. 


Leader  only. 


SUMMER  FIELD   DRESS. 

Summer  field  coat. 

Summer  field  trousers. 

Leggings  (except  when  their  omission  is  pre- 
scribed). 

Field  hat.  (Summer  field  cap  cover  may  be  pre- 
scribed). 

Tan  shoes. 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

Arms  and  accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed, 
except  that  white  belts  shall  not  be  worn  with 
this  uniform. 

In  the  field,  or  at  drills  or  exercises  when  it  would 
be  appropriate,  the  flannel  shirt  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  place  of  the  field  coat,  in  which  case 
the  collar  shall  be  worn  turned  down. 

Leggings  may  be  omitted  under  appropriate  cir- 
cumstances when  such  omission  is  prescribed. 

Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 

Undress  sword  knot. 

WINTER  FIELD   DRESS. 

Winter  field  coat. 

Winter  field  breeches.  (Winter  field  trousers 
shall  be  worn  when  leggings  are  not  prescribed.) 

Leggings  (except  when  their  omission  is  pre- 
scribed.) 

Field  hat.     (Winter  field  cap  may  be  prescribed.) 

Tan  shoes. 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges. 

Arms  and  accouterments  as  may  be  prescribed, 
except  that  white  belts  shall  not  be  worn  with 
this  uniform. 

In  the  field,  or  at  drills  or  exercises  when  it  would 
be  appropriate,  the  flannel  shirt  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  place  of  the  field  coat,  in  which  case 
the  collar  shall  be  worn  turned  down. 

Leggings  may  be  omitted  under  appropriate  cir- 
cumstances when  such  omission  is  prescribed. 

Sword. 

Undress  sword  belt. 

Undress  sword  knot. 


CHAPTER  11. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  GARMENTS  AND  ARTICLES  OF  EQUIP- 
MENT   OF    MEMBERS    OF    THE   BAND. 

SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  COAT. 

239.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  special  full-dress  coat  shall  be  a  tunic 
of  dark-blue  cloth,  of  the  same  pattern  as  that  prescribed  for  officers 
of  the  staff,  with  the  following  exceptions:  The  front  of  the  tunic 
shall  be  trimmed  across  with  No.  8  Marine  Corps  gold  lace  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch  wide  and  three  rows  of  35-ligne  Marine  Corps  but- 
tons, each  row  having  seven  buttons,  adjacent  rows  being  7  inches 
apart  at  the  top  and  6  inches  apart  at  the  bottom.     The  cuffs  shall  be 
trimmed  as  prescribed  for  the  full-dress  coat  of  a  captain  of  the  staff. 
The  shoulder  knots,  with  aiguillettes  attached  as  prescribed  for  the 
leader  of  the  band,  shall  be  worn  with  this  coat.    The  full-dress 
sword  belt  shall  be  worn  on  the  outside. 

240.  Second  leader  of  the  band. — The  special  full-dress  coat'  shall  be 
the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  musicians  of  the  band,  except  that 
the  cuff  shall  be  trimmed  with  black  mohair  braid  three-eighths  of  an 
inch  wide,  forming  the  prescribed  device,  in  lieu  of  the  black  broad- 
cloth cuff. 

241.  Musicians. — The  special  full-dress  coat,  band,  shall  be  a  sin- 
gle-breasted sack  coat  of  scarlet  cloth,  the  material  and  color  the 
same  as  standard  sample  in  the  office  of  the  quartermaster  of  the 
Marine  Corps.     The  coat  to  extend  to  the  crotch,  cut  close  to  define 
the  figure,  with  a  flare  over  the  hips.     The  back  shall  be  in  one  piece, 
and  the  side  body  between  the  back  and  front,  shall  extend  from 
the  armpit  to  the  bottom;  the  lower  corners  of  the  front  shall  be  cut 
square.     The   coat   shall  have   a   straight-front   two-ply   standing 
collar,  stiffened  by  a  strip  of  suitable  material  inserted  between  the 
plys,  the  collar  to  have  square  corners  and  the  back  of  collar  to  be  cut 
with  a  point  and  curve  to  the  front,  this  back  to  be  1  inch  wider  at  the 
point  than  the  front;  the  collar  shall  be  If  to  2  inches  high  at  the  front 
and  closed  by  two  japanned  hooks  and  eyes,  one  at  the  base  and  one 
close  to  the  top  of  the  collar.    The  coat  shall  be  closed  in  front  with 
seven  35-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  buttons,  equally  spaced,  the  top 
button  being  three-fourths  of  an  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar  and 
the  lower  button  at  the  waist  line.     The  coat  shall  have  a  strap  of  one- 
ply  cloth,  stiffened  with  a  piece  of  suitable  material  sewed  down  to 
the  coat  on  each  shoulder,  its  dimensions  being  3  inches  wide  at  the 

86 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS.         87 

armhole  seam  and  1£  inches  wide  at  a  point  1  inch  from  the  base  of 
the  collar,  from  which  point  the  narrow  end  of  the  strap  shall  be 
rounded,  and  in  the  center  of  the  rounded  end  three-fourths  of  an 
inch  from  the  edge  a  25-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  button  shall  be  in- 
serted and  securely  fastened  and  stayed  on  the  underside  of  the  strap, 
the  edge  of  the  strap  to  be  cut  almost  straight.  On  each  sleeve  midway 
between  the  elbow  and  the  top  of  the  sleeve  the  prescribed  musician's 
chevron  shall  be  sewed.  The  coat  shall  have  a  cuff  on  each  sleeve  3 
inches  deep  on  the  underside  of  the  sleeve  and  running  to  a  point  in 
the  center  of  the  upper  side  of  the  sleeve  6  inches  from  the  bottom. 
There  shall  be  three  25-ligne  buttons  equally  spaced  inserted  in  the 
cuff  on  the  upper  side  of  the  sleeve  near  the  elbow  seam,  these  buttons 
to  be  securely  stayed  and  fastened  on  the  under  side  of  the  sleeve. 
The  collar,  shoulder  strap  and  cuff  shall  be  of  black  cloth,  the  front 
and  bottom  edges  of  the  coat,  shoulder  straps,  the  upper  edge  of  the 
cuffs,  and  the  upper,  lower,  and  front  edges  of  the  collar  shall  be  piped 
with  white  cloth,  the  piping  to  be  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide.  The 
shoulder  of  the  coat  shall  be  supported  by  a  cotton  pad,  which  shall 
be  centered  at  the  shoulder  seam  and  extended  full  length  down  the 
back  and  front  of  the  armhole,  the  edge  of  the  pad  extending  over 
the  sleeve  head  seam  one-fourth  of  an  inch  full.  The  coat  shall  be 
faced  with  the  same  material  4  to  5  inches  wide,  the  facing  extending 
to  the  shoulder  seam.  The  coat  shall  be  lined  with  black  Italian 
cloth  lining;  the  front  to  be  interlined  with  a  canvass  padding,  the 
sleeve  to  be  lined  with  drab  jean  lining.  In  the  facing  close  to  the 
lining  on  each  side  of  the  coat,  a  vertical  pocket  is  to  be  inserted, 
6  inches  long,  the  top  of  the  pocket  to  be  on  a  line  with  the  bottom  of 
the  armhole.  The  total  number  of  buttons  on  the  coat  shall  be  seven 
35-ligne  and  eight  25-ligne.  The  coat  to  be  made  in  all  respects 
according  to  the  standard  sample. 

FULL-DRESS  COAT. 

242.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  the  same  as 
the  special  full-dress  coat. 

243.  Second  leader  of  the  band. — The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  of 
standard  scarlet  cloth,  of  single  breasted  tunic  pattern,  to  extend  to 
1  inch  below  the  crotch,  closed  in  front  by  seven  35-ligne  Marine  Corps 
buttons  equally  spaced  from  the  neck  to  the  waist.     The  back  shall 
be  cut  in  one  piece  with  a  single  pleat  on  each  side,  extending  from 
the  waist  seam  to  the  bottom;  a  35-ligne  Marine  Corps  gilt  button 
shall  be  inserted  in  the  top  of  each  pleat  at  the  waist  seam  and  securely 
stayed  and  fastened  on  the  underside  of  the  coat.     The  collar  shall 
be  two-ply,  of  black  broadcloth,  stiffened  between  the  two  plys  with 
a  strip  of  suitable  material,  straight  front,  standing,  If,  If,  or  2  inches 
high,  fitted  close  to  the  neck  and  closed  by  two  hooks  and  eyes,  one 


88          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED  STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

at  the  top  and  one  at  the  bottom,  pointed  down  between  the  shoulders 
1  inch  from  the  base  of  the  collar  and  piped  around  the  top  and  bottom 
with  one-eighth  inch  white  cloth.  The  front  and  bottom  edges  of  the 
coat  and  back  pleats  of  the  skirt  to  the  waist  seam  shall  be  piped  with 
one-eighth  inch  white  cloth.  The  coat  shall  be  trimmed  across  the 
breast  with  black  mohair  braid  three-eighths  of  an  inch  wide  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  dress  coat  of  the  leader  of  the  band.  On  this 
trimming  there  shall  be  three  rows  of  35-ligne  Marine  Corps  buttons, 
each  row  having  seven  buttons,  adjacent  rows  being  7  inches  apart  at 
the  top  and  3J  inches  apart  at  the  bottom,  the  center  row  being  the 
buttons  for  closing  the  coat.  The  bottoms  of  the  sleeves  shall  be 
ornamented  with  the  prescribed  design,  consisting  of  three  loops  of 
black  tubular  braid.  (PL  58.)  Shoulder  knots  and  aiguille ttes  shall 
be  worn  with  this  coat. 

244.  Musicians. — The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  for  the  second  leader,  except  that  the  cuffs  shall  be  made 
of  black  broadcloth,  pointed,  and  extending  up  the  sleeves  7  inches, 
piped  around  the  upper  edge  with  one-eighth  inch  white  cloth.     On 
the  under  seam  of  this  cuff  there  shall  be  placed  three  25-ligne  Marine 
Corps  buttons. 

245.  Drum  major. — (PL  46.)     The  full-dress  coat  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  prescribed  for  the  second  leader  of  the  band,  except  that  the 
collar  shall  be  of  scarlet  cloth,  trimmed  with  i-inch  gold  lace  of 
prescribed  design  at  the  top  and  bottom  and  piped  at  the    bottom 
with  J-inch  white  cloth,  and  that  the  trimming  on  the  breast  shall 
be  of  No.  8  Marine  Corps  gold  braid  three-eighths  of  an  inch  wide.     A 
pointed  cuff  shall  be  outlined  with  J-inch  gold  tubular  braid  running 
from  the  side  of  the  sleeve  at  a  point  3  inches  from  the  end  to  a  point 
in  the  center  of  sleeve  about  6  inches  from  the  end,  a  figure  of  three 
loops  being  formed  at  the  point. 

DRESS  COAT. 

246.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  dress  coat  shall  be  the  same  as 
prescribed  for  all  officers.     (Par.   101.)     The  corps  device  for  the 
collar  in  silver  and  gold  shall  be  worn  as  prescribed  for  the  undress 
coats  of  commissioned  officers  and  silver  lyres  1  inch  in  height  shall 
be  worn  on  the  shoulder  straps,  with  the  top  of  the  lyres  pointing 
toward  the  collar,  in  the  same  place  as  the  insignia  of  rank  prescribed 
for  the  undress  coats  of  commissioned  officers. 

247.  Second  leader  of  the  band. — The  dress  coat  shall  be  the  same 
as  prescribed  for  other  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  with  the 
following  exceptions :  On  each  cuff  there  shall  be,  instead  of  the  three- 
pointed  strap,  the  device  prescribed  for  full  dress,  but  made   of 
scarlet  worsted  lace.     (PL  58.) 

248.  Musicians. — The  dress  coat  shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for 
other  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps. 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.         89 

249.  Drum  major. — The  dress  coat  shall  be  the  same  as  that  pre- 
scribed for  other  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

WHITE  UNDRESS  COAT. 

250.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  white  undress  coat  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  prescribed  for  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

SUMMER  FIELD  COAT. 

251.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  summer  field  coat  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers,  substituting  a  silver  lyre 
1  inch  in  height  for  the  insignia  of  rank. 

252.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
summer  field  coat  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  other 
enlisted  men. 

WINTER  FIELD  COAT. 

253.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  winter  field  coat  shall  be  the  same  as 
that  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers,  substituting  a  silver  lyre  1 
inch  in  height  for  the  insignia  of  rank. 

254.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
winter  field  coat  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  other  en- 
listed men. 

OVERCOAT. 

255.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  overcoat  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  for  a  commissioned  officer,  the  sleeve  ornaments  being  the 
same  as  those  prescribed  for  a  captain. 

256.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
overcoat  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  other  enlisted  men 
of  the  Marine  Corps;  the  chevrons  of  the  second  leader,  drum  major, 
and  musicians  being  worn  on  the  sleeves,  as  prescribed  for  noncom- 
missioned officers. 

CLOAK. 

257.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  cloak  shall  be  the  same  as  that  pre- 
scribed for  a  commissioned  officer. 

SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  TROUSERS. 

258.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  special  full-dress  trousers  shall  be 
made  of  dark-blue  cloth,  cut  with  a  medium  spring,  with  side  pock- 
ets and  hip  pockets.     They  shall  have  a  stripe  of  No.  5  Marine  Corps 
gold  lace  li  inches  wide  down  the  outer  seam  of  each  leg.     The  but- 
tons shall  be  placed  on  the  inside  of  the  waistband. 

259.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  musicians. — The  special  full-dress 
trousers  shall  be  the  same  as  dress  trousers  for  privates,  except  that 
there  shall  be  two  stripes  down  the  outer  seams  of  scarlet  cloth,  one- 


90          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

half  inch  wide,  stitched  on  the  outer  edges.  These  stripes  shall  he 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  apart,  with  a  one-eighth-inch  white  welt  mid- 
way hetween  them. 

FULL-DRESS  TROUSERS. 

260.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  full-dress  trousers  shall  be  the  same 
as  those  prescribed  for  special  full  dress. 

261.  Second  leader   of  the   band  and  musicians. — The   full-dress 
trousers  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  special  full  dress. 

262.  Drum  major. — The  full-dress  trousers  shall  be  the  same  as 
the  dress  trousers  prescribed  for  other  noncommissioned  officers. 

DRESS  TROUSERS. 

263.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  dress  trousers  shall  be  the  same  as 
those  prescribed  for  full  dress  for  officers  of  the  line. 

264.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  drum  major. — The  dress  trousers 
for  the  second  leader  of  the  band  shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for 
special  full  dress,  and  for  the  drum  major  the  same  as  prescribed  for 
other  noncommissioned  officers. 

265.  Musicians. — The  dress  trousers  shall  be  the  same  as  those 
prescribed  for  special  full  dress. 

WHITE  TROUSERS. 

266.  Leader  and  second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musi- 
cians.—The  white  trousers  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for 
other  enlisted  men. 

WINTER  FIELD  BREECHES. 

267.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  winter  field  breeches  shall  be  the 
same  as  those  prescribed  for  unmounted  commissioned  officers. 

268.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
winter  field  breeches  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  other 
enlisted  men. 

WINTER  FIELD  TROUSERS. 

269.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  winter  field  trousers  shall  be  the 
same  as  those  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

270.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
winter  field  trousers  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  other 
enlisted  men. 

SUMMER  FIELD  TROUSERS. 

271.  Leader  and  second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musi- 
cians.— The  summer  field  trousers  shall  be  the  same  as  those  pre- 
scribed for  other  enlisted  men. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS.       91 

SPECIAL  FULL-DRESS  CAP. 

272.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  special  full-dress  cap  shall  be  made 
of  dark  blue  cloth  and  of  the  same  pattern  and  description  as  the 
full-dress  cap  for  commissioned  officers  below  field  rank. 

273.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  musicians. — The  special  full- 
dress  cap  shall  be  of  the  same  style  and  dimensions  as  the  dress  cap 
prescribed  for  other  enlisted  men;  it  shall  be  made  of  standard  scarlet 
cloth;  there  shall  be  a  band  of  l^-inch  black  mohair  braid  between 
the  welts  at  the  bottom  and  top  of  the  band,  and  there  shall  be  a  knot 
of  black  tubular  braid  on  the  top  of  the  crown  of  the  same  description 
and  dimensions  as  that  prescribed  for  the  undress  cap  of  commissioned 
officers.     The  visor,  buttons,  chin  strap,  and  corps  device  shall  be  the 
same  as  those  prescribed  for  the  dress  cap  of  other  enlisted  men. 

FULL-DRESS  CAP. 

274.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  full-dress  cap  shall  be  the  same  as 
that  prescribed  for  special  full  dress. 

275.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  musicians. — The  full-dress  cap 
shall  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  special  full  dress. 

276.  Drum  major. — The  full-dress  cap  shall  be  the  same  as  pre- 
scribed for  the  second  leader  of  the  band  and  musicians. 

DRESS  CAP. 

277.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  dress  cap  shall  be  the  same  as  the 
undress  cap  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

278.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
dress  cap  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  other  enlisted  men. 

WHITE  CAP. 

279.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  white  cap  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

280.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
white  cap  shall  be  made  according  to  the  standard  sample  in  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

WINTER  FIELD  CAP  AND  FIELD  HAT. 

281.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  whiter  field  cap  and  field  hat  shall 
be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

282.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
winter  field  cap  and  field  hat  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed 
for  other  enlisted  men. 

SUMMER  FIELD  CAP. 

283.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  summer  field  cap  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 


92          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED  STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

SUMMER  FIELD  CAP  COVER. 

284.  Second  leader  of  the  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. — The 
summer  field  cap  cover  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  other 
enlisted  men. 

COLLAR. 

285.  All  members  of  ike  band.  — A  white,  standing,  straight  edge, 
linen  collar,  without  flaps,  of  such  height  as  to  show  not  over  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch  above  the  collar  of  the  coat,  will  be  worn  with  the 
special  full-dress,  full-dress,  and  dress  uniforms. 

SHOULDER  KNOTS. 

286.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  shoulder  knots  shall  be  the  same  as 
those  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers  of  the  line,  a  silver  lyre 
1  inch  in  height  being  substituted  for  the  insignia  of  rank. 

287.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  drum  major. — The  shoulder 
knots  shall  be  of  J-inch  gold  cord  made  according  to  the  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

288.  Musicians. — The  shoulder  knots  shall  be  of  cord,  United 
States  gauge  4,  made  on  a  16-carrier  machine,  of  one  end  No.  18, 
fourfold  best  quality  bleached  genappe,  with  a  filling  of  23  ends  No.  8, 
three-fold  cotton;  composed  of  2  rows  of  the  cord,  plaited  and  extend- 
ing the  entire  length  over  scarlet-cloth-covered  tin  forms  fitted  with 
a  raised  tin  pad  at  the  lower  end ;  lined  with  scarlet  cloth  and  finished 
with  brass  fastenings,  secured  at  upper  end  by  a  25-ligne  Marine 
Corps  button.     The  dimensions  of  the  knot  shall  be,  extreme  length, 
6J  inches,  width  2j  inches  at  the  top,  and  3J  inches  at  the  broadest 
portion  of  the  pad. 

FULL-DRESS  SWORD  BELT  AND  BELT  PLATE. 

289.  Leader  of  the  band.  — The  full-dress  sword  belt  and  plate  shall 
be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

UNDRESS  SWORD  BELT. 

290.  Leader  of  the  band.  — The  undress  sword  belt  shall  be  the  same 
as  those  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

FULL-DRESS  AND  UNDRESS  SWORD  KNOTS. 

291.  Leader  of  the  band. — The  full-dress  and  undress  sword  knots 
shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  commissioned  officers. 

SWORDS. 

292.  Leader  ojihe  band. — The  sword  shall  be  the  same  as  that  pre- 
scribed for  commissioned  officers. 


UNIFORM  REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE   CORPS.         93 

293.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  drum  major. — The  sword  shall 
be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  sergeants  who  are  armed  with  the 
sword. 

BELTS  AND  BELT  PLATES. 

294.  Second  leader  of  the  band  and  drum  major. — The  white  belt 
shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  privates,  and  it  shall  be 
closed  by  means  of  the  belt  plate  prescribed  for  the  white  belt  of  a 
sergeant  major.     The  tan  belt  shall  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed 
for  privates. 

295.  Musicians. — The  white  and  tan  belts  shall  be  the  the  same  as 
those  prescribed  for  privates. 

AlGUILLETTES. 

296.  Leader  of  the  land. — The  aiguillettes  shall  be   of  gold  cord 
\  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  made  and  worn  in  the  same  manner 
as  those  prescribed  for  officers  of  the  staff  of  the  Marine  Corps. 

297.  Second  leader  of  the  hand. — The  aiguillettes  shall  be  of  i-inch 
gold  cord,  detachable  from  left  shoulder  knot,  and  made  according 
to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps.     They  shall  be  suspended  from  the  top  button  of  the 
coat. 

298.  Musicians. — The  aiguillettes  shall  be  of  cord  United  States 
gauge  3,  made  on  24-carrier  machine,  of  one  end  No.  18,  four-fold,  best 
quality  bleached  genappe,  with  filling  of  25  ends  No.  8  three-fold  cotton 
and  shall  consist  of  2  loop-plaited  sections  permanently  attached  to 
the  left  shoulder  knot  at  the  angles  formed  by  the  turn  of  the  cord 
at  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  lower  end,  the  front  sections  being 
plaited  to  a  length  of  22  inches  and  the  rear  sections  to  a  length  of 
28  J  inches,  the  two  plaited  ends  being  securely  stitched  together  and 
having  a  1-inch  loop  of  J-inch  cord  fastened  between  the  ends  of  the 
plaits,  for  buttoning.     From  this  point  the  two  sections  shall  extend 
in  single  cords  to  a  depth  of  3J  inches,  and  then  be  formed  into  coils 
of  5  laps,  the  ends  passing  through  the  coils  and  thence  extending  in 
single  cords  3J  inches  and  ending  in  a  gilt  tip  3  inches  long.     They 
shall  be  suspended  from  the  top  button  of  the  coat  and  conform  in  all 
respects  to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
of  the  Marine  Corps. 

BALDRICK.     (PL  46.) 

299.  Drum  major. — The   baldrick   shall   be   of   white   enameled 
leather,  3  inches  wide,  with  the  prescribed  ornaments  and  a  black 
patent-leather  pouch,  and  shall  conform  to  the  sample  in  the  Quar- 
termaster's Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 


94         UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS. 

BATON.     (PL  46.) 

300.  Drum  major. — The  baton  shall  be  the  same  as  the  standard 
sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the  Marine  Corps. 
The  stick  shall  be  of  Malacca  cane  tapering  from  a  diameter  of  1J 
inches  at  the  head  to  1  inch  at  the  ferrule;  the  head  shall  be  of  cast 
brass,  hollow,  and  joined  to  a  socket  by  screw  threads,  diameter  of 
head  3  niches,  and  a  gilt  corps  device  of  the  size  prescribed  for  caps 
shall  be  firmly  riveted  to  the  top;  the  ferrule  shall  be  of  sheet  brass 
with  a  solid  tip,  8f  inches  long;  there  shall  be  two  gilt  staples  on  the 
socket  of  the  head  and  two  similar  staples  on  the  upper  edge  of  the 
socket  of  the  ferrule  to  receive  the  cord ;  the  cord  and  tassels  shall  be 
of  one-fourth-inch  gold  cord  3|  yards  in  length,  and  shall  be  attached 
to  the  head  and  ferrule  and  evenly  plaited  around  the  stick ;  the  total 
length  of  the  baton  shall  be  50  inches. 

RAIN  CAPE. 

(a)  ATI  members  of  Marine  Band:  The  cape  shall  be  made  according 
to  the  standard  sample  in  the  Quartermaster's  Department  of  the 
Marine  Corps  and  of  the  same  shade  as  the  whiter  field  uniform. 

CHEVRONS  FOR  MUSICIANS  OF  THE  BAND. 

(&)  Chevrons  for  musicians  of  the  band  will  be  worn  on  the  special 
full-dress,  full-dress,  and  dress  uniforms  and  on  the  overcoats,  in  like 
manner  as  prescribed  for  noncommissioned  officers. 


CHAPTER  12. 

INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    ASSEMBLING    THE    INFANTRY    EQUIP- 
MENT. 

MODEL  OP  1910. 

301.  1.  The  cartridge  belt. — (a)  To  assemble  the  belt:  Place  the 
adjusting  strap  on  the  ground,  eyeleted  edge  to  the  front;  place  the 
pocket  sections  on  the  ground  in  prolongation  of  the  adjusting  strap, 
pockets  down,  tops  of  pockets  to  the  front;  insert  end  of  adjusting 
strap  hi  outer  loop  of  metal  guide,  from  the  upper  side,  carry  it  under 
the  middle  bar  and  up  through  the  inner  loop ;  engage  the  wire  hook 
on  the  end  of  adjusting  strap  in  the  eyelets  provided  on  the  inner 
surface  of  the  belt. 

(6)  To  adjust  the  belt:  Adjust  the  belt  to  fit  loosely  about  the 
waist — i.  e.,  so  that  when  buckled  it  may  rest  well  down  over  the  hip 
bones  on  the  sides  of  the  body  and  below  the  pit  of  the  abdomen  in 
front.  Care  should  be  taken  that  the  adjustment  be  made  equally 
from  both  ends  of  the  adjusting  strap,  so  that  the  center  eyelet  will 
be  hi  the  middle  of  the  belt. 

(c)  To  fill  the  belt:  Unsnap  the  flap  of  the  pocket  and  the  interior 
retaining  strap;  lay  the  retaining  strap  out  flat  in  prolongation  of 
the  pocket,  insert  a  clip  of  cartridges,  points  of  bullets  up,  in  front  of 
the  retaining  strap;  press  down  until  the  base  of  the  clip  rests  on  the 
bottom  of  the  pocket;  pass  the  retaining  strap  over  the  bullet  points 
and  fasten  it  to  the  outside  of  the  pocket  by  means  of  the  fastener 
provided;  insert  a  second  clip  of  cartridges,  points  of  bullets  down, 
hi  rear  of  the  first  clip ;  press  down  until  the  points  of  the  bullets  rest 
on  the  bottom  of  the  pocket;  close  the  flap  of  the  pocket  and  fasten 
by  means  of  the  fastener  provided.  The  remaining  nine  pockets  are 
filled  in  like  manner. 

2.  To  attach  the  first-aid  pouch:  Attach  the  pouch  under  the 
second  pocket  of  the  right  section  of  the  belt  by  inserting  one  hook  of 
the  double-hook  attachment  in  the  eyelet  from  the  inside  of  the  belt; 
pinch  the  base  of  the  pocket,  bringing  eyelets  close  together,  and  insert 
the  other  hook  in  the  same  manner  in  the  adjoining  eyelet.     Place 
the  first-aid  packet  in  the  pouch  and  secure  the  cover. 

3.  To  attach  the  canteen  cover:  Attach  the  canteen  cover  to  the 
belt  under  the  rear  pocket  of  the  right  section  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  first-aid  pouch.     Place  the  canteen  and  cup  (assembled)  in 
the  cover  and  secure  the  flaps. 

95 


96          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

4.  To  attach  the  pack  carrier  to  the  haversack:  Spread  the  haver- 
sack on  the  ground,  inner  side  down,  outer  flap  to  the  front;  place 
the  buttonholed  edge  of  the  pack  carrier  on  the  buttonholed  edge  of 
the  haversack,  lettered  side  of  carrier  up;  buttonholes  of  carrier 
superimposed  upon  the  corresponding  ones  of  the  haversack;  lace 
the  carrier  to  the  haversack  by  passing  the  ends  of  the  coupling  strap 
down   through  the  corresponding  buttonholes  of  the   carrier  and 
haversack  nearest  the  center  of  the  carrier,  bringing  the  ends  up 
through  the  next  buttonholes  and  continuing  to  the  right  and  left, 
respectively,  to  the  sides. 

5.  To  attach  the  cartridge  belt  to  the  haversack:  Place  the  haver- 
sack and  pack  carrier  (assembled)  on  the  ground,  inner  side  down; 
place  the  cartridge  belt,  pockets  down,  tops  to  the  front,  along  the 
junction  of  the  haversack  and   carrier;   insert  hook  on  rear  belt 
suspender  in  the  center  eyelet  of  the  adjusting  strap,  so  that  the 
end  of  the  hook  will  be  on  the  outside  of  the  belt;  insert  hooks  on 
ends  of  front  belt  suspenders  in  the  eyelets  between  the  second  and 
third  pockets  from  the  outer  ends  of  the  belt,  so  that  the  end  of  the 
hooks  will  be  on  the  outside  of  the  belt. 

6.  To  attach  the  bayonet  scabbard  to  the  haversack:  Attach  the 
scabbard  by  passing  its  lower  end  through  the  loop  provided  on  the 
side  of  the  haversack  body,  then  engage  the  double-hook  attachment 
in  the  eyelets  on  the  outer  flap  on  the  haversack,  inserting  the  hooks 
from  the  inside.     Place  the  bayonet  in  the  scabbard. 

7.  To  attach  the  intrenching-tool  carrier  to  the  haversack:  Fold 
the  outer  flap  of  the  haversack  over  so  that  the  meat-can  pouch  is 
uppermost;  pass  the  intrenching-tool  carrier  underneath  the  meat- 
can  pouch  and  engage  the  double-hook  attachment  hi  the  eyelets  in 
the  flap  provided,  inserting  the  hooks  from  the  underside.     Place 
the  intrenching  tool  in  the  carrier  and  secure.     Place  the  meat  can, 
knife,  fork,  and  spoon  in  the  meat-can  pouch.     The  equipment  is 
now  assembled  and  is  never  disassembled  except  to  detach  the  pack 
carrier  and  its  contents  as  hereinafter  provided  for  and  for  known 
distance  practice  when  the  garrison  belt  is  not  available. 

To  ASSEMBLE  THE  FULL  EQUIPMENT. 

(With  rations.) 

Place  the  assembled  equipment  on  the  ground,  suspender  side  of 
haversack  down,  pockets  of  cartridge  belt  up,  haversack  spread  out, 
inside  flap  and  pack  carrier  extended  their  full  length  to  the  rear. 
Place  three  cartons  of  hard  bread  hi  the  center  of  the  haversack 
body,  the  lower  one  on  the  line  of  attachment  of  the  inside  flap ;  lay 
the  remaining  carton  of  hard  bread,  the  condiment  can,  and  the  bacon 
can  on  the  top  of  these,  the  condiment  can  and  the  bacon  can  at  the 
bottom,  top  of  the  bacon  can  to  the  front;  the  socks  and  toilet  articles 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          97 

are  rolled,  towel  on  the  outside,  into  a  bundle  of  the/ same  approximate 
dimensions  as  a  carton  of  hard  bread,  and  are  placed  in  front  of  the 
two  rows  thus  formed.  The  inside  flap  of  the  haversack  is  folded 
over  these  articles,  the  end  of  the  flap  being  turned  in  so  that  the 
flap,  thus  shortened,  extends  about  2  inches  beyond  the  top  of  the 
upper  row;  the  sides  of  the  haversack  are  folded  over  the  sides  of  the 
rows;  the  upper  binding  straps  are  passed  through  the  loops  on  the 
outside  of  the  inside  flap,  each  strap  through  the  loop  opposite  the 
point  of  its  attachment  to  the  haversack  body,  and  fastened  by 
means  of  the  buckle  on  the  opposite  side,  the  strap  being  passed 
through  the  opening  in  the  buckle  next  to  its  attachment,  over  the 
center  bar,  and  back  through  the  opening  of  the  buckle  away  from 
its  attachment;  the  strap  is  pulled  tight  to  make  the  fastening 
secure;  the  outer  flap  of  the  haversack  is  folded  over  and  fastened 
by  means  of  the  lower  haversack-binding  strap  and  the  buckle  on 
the  inside  of  the  outer  flap;  the  strap  is  pulled  tight,  drawing  the 
outer  flap  snugly  over  the  filled  haversack.  The  haversack  is  now 
packed  and  the  carrier  is  ready  for  the  reception  of  the  pack.  If 
one  haversack  ration  and  one  emergency  ration  are  carried  in  lieu 
of  two  haversack  rations,  the  haversack  is  packed  in  the  manner 
described  above,  except  that  two  cartons  of  hard  bread  and  the 
bacon  can  form  the  bottom  layer,  the  bacon  can  on  the  bottom; 
the  condiment  can,  the  emergency  ration,  and  the  toilet  articles 
form  the  top  layer.  If  one  emergency  ration  is  carried  in  addition 
to  the  two  haversack  rations,  it  is  packed  on  top  of  the  top  layer. 

To  make  the  pack:  Spread  the  shelter  half  on  the  ground  and 
fold  in  the  triangular  ends,  forming  an  approximate  square  from  the 
half,  the  guy  on  the  inside;  fold  the  poncho  once  across  its  shortest 
dimension,  then  twice  across  its  longest  dimension,  and  lay  it  in 
the  center  of  the  shelter  half;  fold  the  blanket  as  described  for  the 
poncho  and  place  it  on  the  latter;  place  the  shelter-tent  pins  in  the 
folds  of  the  blanket,  in  the  center  and  across  the  shortest  dimension; 
fold  the  edges  of  the  shelter  half  snugly  over  the  blanket  and  poncho 
and,  beginning  on  either  of  the  short  sides,  roll  tightly  and  com- 
pactly. This  forms  the  pack. 

To  assemble  the  pack:  Place  the  pack  in  the  pack  carrier  and 
grasp  the  lower  suspension  rings,  one  in  each  hand;  place  the  right 
knee  against  the  bottom  of  the  roll;  pull  the  carrier  down  and  force 
the  pack  up  close  against  the  bottom  of  the  packed  haversack; 
without  removing  the  knee,  pass  the  lower  carrier  binding  strap 
over  the  pack  and  secure  it  by  means  of  the  opposite  buckle;  in  a 
similar  manner  secure  the  lower  haversack  binding  strap  and  then 
the  upper  carrier  binding  strap.  Engage  the  snap  hook  on  the  pack 
suspenders  in  the  lower  suspension  rings.  The  equipment  is  now 
assembled  and  packed  as  prescribed  for  the  full  equipment. 
101461°— 17 7 


98          UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

To  ASSEMBLE  THE  FULL  EQUIPMENT. 
(Without  rations.) 

Place  the  assembled  equipment  on  the  ground  as  heretofore 
described;  fold  up  the  inside  flap  of  the  haversack  so  that  its  end 
will  be  on  a  line  with  the  top  of  the  haversack  body;  fold  up  the 
lower  haversack  strap  in  the  same  manner. 

To  make  up  the  pack:  Fold  the  poncho,  blanket,  and  shelter  half, 
and  make  up  the  pack  as  heretofore  prescribed,  except  that  the 
condiment  and  bacon  can  (the  former  inside  the  latter)  and  the 
toilet  articles  and  socks  are  rolled  in  the  pack.  In  this  case  the 
pack  is  rolled,  beginning  on  either  of  the  long  sides  instead  of  the 
short  sides,  as  heretofore  described. 

To  assemble  the  pack:  Place  the  pack  on  the  haversack  and  pack 
carrier,  its  upper  end  on  a  line  with  the  upper  edge  of  the  haversack 
body ;  bind  it  to  the  haversack  and  carrier  by  means  of  the  haversack 
and  pack  binding  straps;  fold  down  the  outer  flap  on  the  haversack 
and  secure  it  by  means  of  the  free  end  of  the  middle  haversack 
binding  strap  and  the  buckle  provided  on  the  underside  of  the  flap; 
engage  the  snap  hooks  of  the  pack  suspenders  in  the  lower  suspension 
rings.  The  equipment  is  now  packed  and  assembled. 

To  adjust  the  equipment  to  the  soldier:  Put  on  the  equipment, 
slipping  the  arms  one  at  a  time  through  the  pack  suspenders  as 
through  the  sleeves  of  a  coat.  By  means  of  the  adjusting  buckles 
on  the  belt  suspenders,  raise  or  lower  the  belt  until  it  rests  well  down 
over  the  hip  bones  on  the  sides  and  below  the  pit  of  the  abdomen 
in  front;  raise  or  lower  it  in  rear  until  the  adjusting  strap  lies  smoothly 
across  the  small  of  the  back;  by  means  of  the  adjusting  buckles  on 
the  pack  suspenders,  raise  or  lower  the  load  on  the  back  until  the 
top  of  the  haversack  is  on  a  level  with  the  top  of  the  shoulders,  the 
pack  suspenders,  from  their  point  of  attachment  to  the  haversack 
to  the  line  of  tangency  with  the  shoulder,  being  horizontal.  The 
latter  is  absolutely  essential  to  the  proper  adjustment  of  the  load. 

The  position  of  the  belt  is  the  same  whether  filled  or  empty. 

To  ASSEMBLE  THE  FULL  EQUIPMENT  LESS  THE  PACK. 

(With  rations.) 

Detach  the  carrier  from  the  haversack;  place  the  rest  of  the  equip- 
ment on  the  ground  as  heretofore  described ;  place  the  four  cartons  of 
hard  bread,  the  bacon  can,  the  condiment  can,  and  the  toilet  articles 
in  one  row  in  the  middle  of  the  haversack  body,  the  toilet  articles  at 
the  top,  the  bacon  can  at  the  bottom,  top  to  the  front,  the  row  extend- 
ing from  top  to  bottom  of  the  haversack;  fold  the  inside  flap  over  the 
row  thus  formed;  fold  the  sides  of  the  haversack  up  and  over;  pass  the 
three  haversack  binding  straps  through  the  loops  on  the  inside  flap 
and  secure  by  means  of  the  buckles  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  haver- 
sack; pass  the  lower  haversack  binding  strap  through  the  small 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS.          99 

buttonhole  in  the  lower  edge  of  the  haversack,  fold  the  outer  flap  of 
the  haversack  over  the  whole  and  secure  by  means  of  the  buckle  on 
its  underside  and  the  lower  haversack  binding  strap.  Pass  the  haver- 
sack suspension  rings  through  the  contiguous  buttonholes  in  the  lower 
edge  of  the  haversack  and  engage  the  snap  hooks  on  the  ends  of  the 
pack  suspenders.  If  one  haversack  ration  and  one  emergency  ration 
are  carried  in  lieu  of  two  haversack  rations,  the  haversack  is  packed 
in  the  manner  described  above,  except  that  one  emergency  ration  is 
substituted  for  two  of  the  cartons  of  hard  bread.  If  one  emergency 
ration  is  carried  in  addition  to  the  two  haversack  rations,  it  is  packed 
on  top  of  the  layer. 

To  ASSEMBLE  THE  FULL  EQUIPMENT  LESS  THE  PACK. 

(Without  rations.) 

Detach  the  carrier  from  the  haversack;  place  the  rest  of  the  equip- 
ment on  the  ground  as  heretofore  described ;  fold  up  the  inside  flap  of 
the  haversack  until  its  upper  end  is  on  a  line  with  the  top  of  the  haver- 
sack body;  fold  the  sides  of  the  haversack  over,  pass  the  three  haver- 
sack binding  straps  through  the  loops  on  the  inside  flap  and  secure  by 
means  of  the  buckles  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  haversack;  pass  the 
lower  haversack  binding  strap  through  the  small  buttonhole  in  the 
lower  edge  of  the  haversack;  place  the  condiment  and  bacon  can  (the 
former  inside  the  latter)  and  the  toilet  articles  and  socks  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  pouch  thus  formed;  fold  the  outer  flap  of  the  haversack 
over  the  whole  and  secure  by  means  of  the  buckle  on  its  underside 
and  the  lower  haversack  binding  strap.  Pass  the  haversack  suspen- 
sion rings  through  the  contiguous  buttonholes  in  the  lower  edge  of  the 
haversack  and  engage  the  snap  hooks  on  the  ends  of  the  pack  sus- 
penders. 

To  adjust  the  equipment  to  the  soldier:  Put  on  the  equipment  as 
prescribed  for  the  full  equipment.  Adjust  the  cartridge  belt  as  pre- 
scribed for  the  full  equipment.  Adjust  the  pack  suspenders  so  that 
the  top  of  the  haversack  is  on  a  level  with  the  top  of  the  shoulders. 

To  DISCARD  THE  PACK  WITHOUT  REMOVING  THE  EQUIPMENT  FROM 

THE  BODY. 

Unsnap  the  pack  suspenders  from  the  suspension  rings  and  snap 
them  into  the  eyelets  on  top  of  the  belt  and  in  rear  of  the  rear  pockets 
of  the  right  and  left  pocket  sections;  support  the  bottom  of  the  pack 
with  the  left  hand  and  with  the  right  hand  grasp  the  coupling  strap 
at  its  middle  and  withdraw  first  one  end,  then  the  other;  pressMown 
gently  on  the  pack  with  both  hands  and  remove  it.  When  the  pack 
has  been  removed,  lace  the  coupling  strap  into  the  buttonholes  along 
the  upper  edge  of  the  carrier.  Adjust  the  pack  suspenders. 

306.  Officers'  trunk  lockers  will  be  issued  in  the  same  manner  as 
accouterments  to  sergeants  major  and  quartermaster  sergeants  when 
ordered  to  duty  in  the  field  or  on  expeditions. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

307.  In  order  that  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Mill  tin 
(Marine  Corps  branch)  may  be  properly  uniformed  for  the  call  of  the 
President,  contemplated  by  sections  3  and  5  of  the  Naval  Militia 
act  of  February  16,  1914  (see  General  Order  of  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment No.  77),  and  in  order  that  they  may  be  able  to  pass  the  annual 
Federal  inspections  required  by  section  11  of  the  same  act,  that 
requires  that  the  Naval  Militia  must  be  sufficiently  armed,  uniformed, 
and  equipped  for  active  duty,  to  be  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
allotment   of   the   Federal   appropriation   " Arming   and   equipping 
Naval  Militia"  for  pay,  transportation,  and  subsistence  while  engaged 
in  actual  service  or  instruction  afloat  or  on  shore,  the  following 
regulations  governing  the  uniforms  of  the  Naval  Militia   (Marine 
Corps  branch)  are  prescribed. 

308.  The  uniform  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  of    the    Naval 
Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch)  of  the  several  States,  Territories,  and 
of  the  District  of  Columbia,  will  be  the  same  as  for  the  corresponding 
grades  and  ranks  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  United  States 
Marine  Corps,  with  the  exceptions  noted  in  this  chapter. 

OFFICERS. 

309.  Every  commissioned  officer  of  the  Naval  Militia   (Marine 
Corps  branch)  must  have  the  following  articles  of  uniform,  which 
must  be  of  regulation  pattern:    Undress,  white  undress,  summer 
field  dress,  overcoat,  sword,  undress  sword  belt,  undress  sword  knot, 
white  gloves,  tan  leather  gloves. 

310.  All  other  uniforms  prescribed  for  officers  of  the  United  States 
Marine  Corps  are  optional  for  the  officers  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine 
Corps  branch),  but  such  uniforms  must  be  of  regulation  pattern. 

311.  The  collars  of  the  undress  coat,  the  white  undress  coat,  and  of 
the  summer  field  coat,  for  all  officers  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine 
Corps  branch)  shall  bear  the  device  indicating  the  corps,  similar  to 
that  prescribed  for  officers  of  the  United  States  Marine  Corps,  and, 
in  addition,  there  shall  be  worn,  small  block  letters,  one-half  inch  in 
height,  in  the  form  of  a  pin  (gold  for  undress  coat  and  white  undress 
coat,  and  bronze  for  summer  field  coat)  indicating  the  State,  Territory, 
or  the  District  of  Columbia,  to  which  organization  of  the  Naval 
Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch)  the  officer  belongs.     These  letters  shall 
be  worn  with  their  front  edge  one-quarter  inch  in  rear  of  the  collar 
device,  and  with  the  centers  of  such  letters  in  a  horizontal  line  with 

100 


UNIFORM   REGULATIONS  UNITED  STATED ,  MARINE   OOR^S.       101 


the  center  of  such  device.  The  same'^EOftxeoIeiftfirsi^  J>.d*worn 
above  the  rank  devices  on  the  shoulder  straps  of  overcoats,  five- 
eighths  of  an  inch  nearer  the  collar  end. 

312.  The  bronze  letters  mentioned  in  paragraph  311  shall  also  be 
worn  on  the  field  hat,  the  bottom  of  the  letters  to  rest  on  the  top  of 
the  hat  band  with  their  center  directly  underneath  the  eyelet  for  the 
corps  device. 

313.  The  gold  block  letters  prescribed  in  paragraph  311  shall  be 
worn  on  the  sleeve  just  above  the  point  of  the  sleeve  ornament  on 
the  full  dress  coat  and  mess  dress  jacket. 

ENLISTED  MEN. 

"314.  The  uniform  for  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine 
Corps  branch)  shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  allowance  prescribed 
by  the  Division  of  Naval  Militia  Affairs. 

315.  All  uniforms  for  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine 
Corps  branch)  shall  be  the  same  as  those  prescribed  for  enlisted  men 
of  the  United  States  Marine  Corps,  except  that  the  enlisted  personnel 
of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch)  shall  wear  on  the  collars 
of  the  dress  coat,  and  the  summer  field  coat,  the  shoulder  straps  of 
the  overcoats,  and  also  on  the  front  of  the  field  hat,  in  the  same 
manner  as  prescribed  for  officers,  letters  similar  in  design  to  those 
worn  by  officers,  but  gilt  for  dress  coat,  and  bronze  for  summer  field 
coat,  designating  the  State,  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia, 
to  which  they  belong,  except  that  the  letters  on  the  collars  of  the 
various  coats  shall  be  worn  1J  inches  from  the  neck  opening  of  the 
collars,  the  letters  being  placed  in  the  center  of  the  collar. 

316.  Officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps 
branch)  upon  being  enrolled  in  the  National  Naval  Volunteers,  in 
time  of  war,  shall  cease  to  wear  the  letters  indicating  the  State,  Ter- 
ritory, or  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  shall  wear  in  lieu  thereof  the 
letter  V  as  follows: 

(a)  Officers. — The  letter  V,  five-eighths  of  an  inch  in  height,  shall  be 
worn  on  the  collars  of  the  undress  coat,  white  undress  coat,  summer 
field  coat,  and  upon  the  shoulder  straps  of  the  overcoat.  For  the 
undress  coat  and  the  white  undress  coat  the  letter  shall  be  made  of 
gold  and  for  the  summer  field  coat  and  overcoat  of  bronze.  These 
letters  shall  be  worn  with  their  front  edge  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in 
rear  of  the  collar  device,  and  with  the  center  of  the  letter  in  a  hori- 
zontal line  with  the  center  of  the  collar  device.  On  the  overcoat  the 
letter  shall  be  worn  above  the  rank  device  and  five-eighths  of  an  inch 
nearer  the  collar  end.  The  letter  V,  made  of  bronze,  shall  also  be 
worn  on  the  field  hat,  the  bottom  of  the  letter  resting  on  the  top  of 
the  hatband,  with  its  center  directly  underneath  the  eyelet  for  the 
corps  device. 


102       UNIFORM    KEOri  ATTACK'S   UNITED   STATES   MARINE   CORPS. 

(&)  Officers  detailed  as  aids-de-camp  or  for  duty  in  a  staff  depart- 
ment shall  wear  the  proper  distinctive  insignia  on  the  shoulder 
straps,  above  the  rank  device  and  five-eighths  of  an  inch  nearer  the 
collar  end. 

(c)  Enlisted  men. — The  letter  V,  one-half  of  an  inch  in  height,  made 
of  gilder's  metal,  shall  be  worn  on  the  dress  cap  directly  underneath 
the  corps  device,  with  the  top  of  the  letter  resting  on  the  upper  welt. 
On  the  field  hat  the  letter  V,  made  of  bronze,  shall  be  worn  under- 
neath the  corps  device,  with  the  bottom  of  the  letter  resting  on  the 
hatband  with  the  right  edge  of  the  letter  on  a  line  with  the  right 
edge  of  the  corps  device.  The  company  numeral  shall  be  worn  in  a 
corresponding  position  under  the  opposite  side  of  the  corps  device. 

317.  Uniforms  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps 
Reserve. 

(a)  Officers.  — The  uniforms  will  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for  officers 
of  the  Marine  Corps,  of  the  same  rank,  and  in  addition  thereto  the 
letter  R,  five-eighths  of  an  inch  in  height,  will  be  worn  on  the  collars 
of  the  undress,  white,  and  field  coats,  and  on  the  shoulder  straps  of 
the  overcoat.  For  the  undress  and  white  coats  the  letter  will  be 
made  of  gold  and  for  the  summer  field  coat  and  qvercoat  the  letter 
will  be  made  of  bronze.  These  letters  will  be  worn  with  their  front 
edge  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in  rear  of  the  collar  device  and  with  the 
center  of  the  letter  in  a  horizontal  line  with  the  center  of  the  collar 
device.  On  the  overcoat  the  letter  will  be  worn  above  the  rank 
device  and  five-eighths  of  an  inch  nearer  the  collar  end.  On  the 
field  hat  the  letter  will  be  worn  with  the  bottom  of  the  letter  resting 
on  the  top  of  the  hatband  and  with  its  center  directly  underneath 
the  eyelet  for  the  corps  device. 

(6)  Officers  detailed  as  aids-de-camp  or  for  duty  in  a  staff  depart- 
ment will  wear  the  proper  distinctive  insignia  on  the  shoulder  straps, 
above  the  rank  device  and  five-eighths  of  an  inch  nearer  the  collar  end. 

(c)  Enlisted  men. — The  uniforms  will  be  the  same  as  prescribed  for 
the  enlisted  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  with  the  following  additions 
thereto :  The  letter  R,  one-half  of  an  inch  in  height,  made  of  gilder's 
metal,  shall  be  worn  on  the  dress  cap,  directly  underneath  the  corps 
device,  with  the  top  of  the  letter  resting  on  the  upper  welt.  On  the 
field  hat  the  letter  R,  made  of  bronze,  shall  be  worn  underneath  the 
corps  device,  with  the  bottom  of  the  letter  resting  on  the  hatband, 
the  right  edge  of  the  letter  on  a  line  with  the  right  edge  of  the  corps 
device.  The  company  numeral  shall  be  worn  in  a  corresponding 
position  under  the  opposite  side  of  the  corps  device. 


PLATE  I, 


MAJOR  GENERAL  COMMANDANT. 
SPECIAL  FULL   DRESS. 


PLATE  2. 


MAJOR  OF  THE  LINE. 
SPECIAL   FULL   DRESS. 


PLATE  3. 


LIEUTENANT  COLONEL  OF  THE  STAFF. 
SPECIAL   FULL  DRESS. 


PLATE  4. 


MAJOR  OF  THE  LINE. 
FULL  DRESS. 


PLATE  5. 


MAJOR  OF  THE  LINE. 

MESS   DRESS. 


PLATE  6. 


LIEUTENANT  COLONEL  OF  THE  STAFF. 

MESS   DRESS. 


PLATE  7. 


FIELD  OFFICER  OF  THE  LINE. 
UNDRESS. 


PLATE  8. 


FIELD  OFFICER  OF  THE  LINE. 
UNDRESS,   MOUNTED. 


PLATE  9. 


COMPANY  OFFICER. 
CLOAK. 


PLATE  10. 


COMPANY  OFFICER. 
WHITE   UNDRESS. 


PLATE  II, 


OFFICER  FULLY  EQUIPPED. 
SUMMER   FIELD   DRESS. 


PLATE  12 


OFFICER. 
WINTER  FIELD  DRESS. 


PLATE  13. 


SECOND  LIEUTENANT, 
OVERCOAT. 


PLATE  14. 


MAJOR  GENERAL  COMMANDANT. 

FIELD  OFFICERS. 
FULL  DRESS   CAP. 


PLATE  15. 


UNDRESS  CAP,  COMPANY   OFFICERS. 
WINTER   FIELD  CAP,  OFFICERS. 


PLATE  16. 


CHAPEAU.   OFFICERS   OF  THE   STAFF. 
FULL-DRESS    SWORD  KNOT,  OFFICERS. 


PLATE  17. 


1.  FIELD  OFFICERS,  LINE. 

2.  COMPANY  OFFICERS,  LINE. 


3.  OFFICERS  OF  THE  LINE. 

4.  OFFICERS  OF  THE  STAFF. 


EPAULETS    AND    SHOULDER  KNOTS. 


PLATE  18. 


OFFICERS.  NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS. 

SWORDS  AND  SCABBARDS. 


PLATE  19. 


(Exact  size.) 


1.  OFFICERS'  BUTTONS. 

2.  ENLISTED  MEN'S  BUTTONS. 


3.  OFFICERS'  BELT, PLATE. 

4.  ENLISTED  MEN'S  BELT  PLATE. 


BUTTONS   AND   BELT   PLATES. 


PLATE  20. 


'4     !/ 


MARINE    CORPS    GOLD    LACES. 


PLATE  21. 


%  ^mTi 

3%^\^OdJ 


f^/Lf'-' 


MARINE   CORPS   GOLD   LACES. 


PLATE  22. 


^^ 

—  ~—.^ 


£:::  v:M>^ 


^  jwww 


10 


11 


MARINE    CORPS    GOLD    LACES. 


PLATE  23. 


(Exact  size.) 

I.  CAP.     2.  COLLAR.     3.  EPAULET. 
MARINE    CORPS    DEVICES. 


PLATE  25. 


I.  ADJUTANT  AND  INSPECTOR'S  DEPARTMENT.    2.  QUARTERMASTER'S  DEPARTMENT. 
3.  PAYMASTER'S  DEPARTMENT.     4.  AID-DE-CAMP. 

DEVICES   FOR  STAFF    DEPARTMENT  AND  AIDS-DE-CAMP. 


PLATE  26. 


(factual  size.) 

MAJOR  GENERAL  COMMANDANT. 
SLEEVE  ORNAMENT,    FULL-DRESS   COAT. 


PLATE  26-A. 


(H  actual  size.) 

BRIGADIER  GENERAL'S  FULL-DRESS  COAT. 
SLEEVE    ORNAMENT. 


PLATE  27. 


04  actual  size.) 
MAJOR  GENERAL  COMMANDANT'S  MESS  JACKET. 

SLEEVE   ORNAMENT. 


PLATE  27-A. 


(Yz  actual  size.) 

BRIGADIER  GENERAL'S  MESS  JACKET. 
SLEEVE    ORNAMENT. 


PLATE  28. 


GOLD  TRACING  BRAiO/6  *  WIDE 


(i^  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE    ORNAMENT,    COLONEL   OF   THE    LINE. 


PLATE  29. 


GOLD  TRACING  BRAID /£' WIDE 


Q/z  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,   COLONEL  OF  THE   STAFF. 


PLATE  30. 


(factual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,    LIEUTENANT   COLONEL  OF  THE   LINE. 


PLATE  31. 


GOLD  TRACING  BRAID  /&" WIDE 


(Y2  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,   LIEUTENANT  COLONEL  OF  THE   STAFF. 


PLATE  32. 


(y^  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,    MAJOR   OF  THE   LINE. 


PLATE  33. 


(J^  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE  ORNAMENT,   MAJOR  OF  THE  STAFF. 


PLATE  34. 


(H  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE  ORNAMENT,   CAPTAIN   OF  THE   LINE, 


PLATE  35. 


(factual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,    FIRST   LIEUTENANT  OF  THE   LINE. 


PLATE  36. 


(factual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,   SECOND   LIEUTENANT  OF  THE   LINE. 


PLATE  36-A. 


(factual  size.) 

WARRANT  OFFICER'S  OVERCOAT. 
SLEEVE    ORNAMENT. 


< 

E 
III 

.j    ~    LU 

SJ  s  ° 
o  J2  a 
*  I  § 

»     S     rf 

CO      01      ^ 

111       NP1       ^ 

^        v^S        ^^ 


PLATE  37-A. 


(factual  size.) 
ALL  GENERAL  OFFICERS'  FULL-DRESS  COATS  AND  MESS  JACKETS. 

COLLAR    EMBROIDERY. 


(factual  size.) 
BRAIDING  ON  CROWN  OF  OFFICERS*  CAPS. 

VISOR   FOR    FIELD   OFFICERS'   FULL-DRESS.   UNDRESS,  AND   WHITE 

CAPS. 


PLATE  41, 


THE   MEDAL  OF  HONOR. 


PLATE  42. 


MEDAL   COMMEMORATING   THE  BATTLE   OF  MANILA  BAY. 
MEDAL  COMMEMORATING  THE    NAVAL   ENGAGEMENTS    IN  THE 

WEST  INDIES. 


PLATE  43. 


CAMPAIGN    BADGES. 


PLATE  44. 


CAMPAIGN    BADGES. 

GOOD   CONDUCT   MEDAL. 

BAR  OF  THREE   RIBBONS  OF  MEDALS  AND  BADGES. 


PLATE  45. 


MEDALS    AND    BADGES    FOR    EXCELLENCE    IN    SMALL-ARMS 

FIRING. 


PLATE  46. 


DRUM  MAJOR. 

FULL  DRESS. 


PLATE  47. 


SERGEANT.  PRIVATE. 

DRESS. 


PLATE  48. 


SERGEANT,  FULLY  EQUIPPED. 
SUMMER    FIELD    DRESS. 


PLATE  49. 


PRIVATE. 
CAP  AND  TROUSERS.  FIELD  HAT  AND  BREECHES. 

WINTER   FIELD   DRESS. 


PLATE  50. 


PRIVATE. 

OVERCOAT. 


PLATE  51 


SERGEANT  MAJOR. 
SECOND  LEADER  OF  BAND. 

DRESS   CHEVRONS. 


PLATE  52. 


QUARTERMASTER  SERGEANT. 

QUARTERMASTER  SERGEANT,  PAYMASTER'S  DEPARTMENT. 
DRESS   CHEVRONS. 


PLATE  53. 


DRUM  MAJOR. 

GUNNERY  SERGEANT. 

DRESS   CHEVRONS. 


PLATE  54. 


FIRST  SERGEANT. 

SERGEANT. 
DRESS   CHEVRONS. 


PLATE  55, 


I.  DRESS  CHEVRON,  CORPORAL.    2.  GUN  POINTER'S  BADGE.     3.  DRESS  CHEVRON, 
LANCE  CORPORAL.    4.  DRUMMER'S  DESIGN.    5.  TRUMPETER'S  DESIGN. 


PLATE  56. 


(}-£  actual  size.) 

SERGEANT  MAJOR.     2.  SECOND  LEADER  OF  BAND.     3.  QUARTERMASTER  SERGEANT. 
4.  QUARTERMASTER  SERGEANT,  PAYMASTER'S  DEPARTMENT. 

FIELD  CHEVRONS. 


PLATE  57. 


I.  DRUM    MAJOR. 


(factual  size.) 

2.  FIRST  SERGEANT.     3.  GUNNERY  SERGEANT.     4.  SERGEANT. 
5.  CORPORAL. 

FIELD   CHEVRONS. 


PLATE  58. 


(J/£  actual  size.) 
SLEEVE   ORNAMENT,    SECOND    LEADER    OF   BAND 


PLATE  59. 


TRUMPET  AND    DRUM. 


o  w 

c  Z 

v-  — 

u  .. 

^  DC 

z  O 

<    LL 

03   Q 

< 

LU 
QC 

Q. 
CO 


INDEX. 


A. 

Paragraph. 

Acting  appointments  and  commissions — Uniform r 6,  9,  81 

Aids-de-ct  mp  devices 166 

Aids-de-camp  to  wear  aiguilettes 78 

Aiguilettes 144, 145, 146 

Staff  officers 145 

Aids-de-camp 78, 146 

White  House  aids 79 

Leader  of  band 296 

Second  leader  of  band 297 

Musicians 298 

Arctic  shoes 205 

B. 

Badge  of  mourning 31 

Badges  and  medals 27 

Baldrick,  drum  major 299 

Band,  Marine,  uniforms  of 238-300 

Baton,  drum  major 300 

Baton  and  cord,  drum  major,  for  post  bands 235  (a) 

Beard  and  hair 32 

Belts  and  belt  plates,  enlisted  men 221,  222,  223 

Belt  plates,  enlisted  men 89 

Belt  plates,  officers'  full  dress 150 

Belt,  sword,  full  dress „ 149 

Belt,  sword,  full  dress,  leader  of  band 289 

Belts,  second  leader  of  band  and  drum  major 294 

Musicians 295 

Belt,  sword,  undress  and  field — Officers 151 

Leader  of  band 290 

Belt,  trousers — Officers 172 

Enlisted  men 207 

Blanket 215 

Blanket  roll 302-305 

Boots 174 

Brassard,  Geneva  Cross 36 

Breeches,  full  dress  and  undress— Officers 120, 121 

Summer  field,  officers .- 122 

Winter  field,  officers 123 

Winter  field,  enlisted  men 196,  267,  268 

Winter  field,  leader  of  band 267 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 268 

Bridle 178 

Bulletin  boards 71 

Buttons 155 

101461°— 17 8  103 


104  INDEX. 

c. 

Paragraph. 
Cape,  rain  (for  members  of  Marine  Band) 300  (a) 


Dress,  enlisted  men 197,  278 

Leader  of  band 277 

Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians 278 

Field,  enlisted  men 199,  200,  281-284 

Full  dress,  officers 126, 127, 128 

Leader  of  band 274 

Second  leader  and  musicians 275 

Drum  major 276 

Muskrat,  enlisted  men 202 

Special  full  dress,  leader  of  band 272 

Second  leader  and  musicians 273 

Summer  field,  officers 136 

Enlisted  men 199,  284 

Leader  of  band 283 

Undress,  officers 129, 130, 131 

White,  officers 132, 133, 134, 135 

Band ' 280 

Enlisted  men 198,280 

Leader  of  band 279 

Winter  field,  officers 137 

Enlisted  men 200,281,282 

Leader  of  band 281 

Second  leader,  drum  major,  and  musicians 282 

Cap  cover,  summer  field,  enlisted  men 199,  284 

White,  enlisted  men 198,  280 

Ceremonies,  uniform  for 22 

Chapeau 124,125 

Chaplain's  divine-service  dress 11 

Chevrons 225-230 

Chiefs  of  bureaus,  uniforms 8 

Civilian 's  clothing,  enlisted  men 93 

When  permitted 16, 17,  61,  92,  93 

Cloak,  officers 106 

Leader  of  band 257 

Clothing  lists 60 

Clothing,  sale  or  barter  of 58 

When  uniform 55,  56 

Collar,  officers 169 

Commanding  officer: 

To  enforce  regulations 1 

Fixes  uniform  at  posts 18 

Cooks,  uniform 40 

Corps  devices: 

Caps  and  hats,  officers 161,162 

Enlisted  men 203 

Epaulets 158 

Field-coat  collars,  officers 160 

Saddlecloths 163,164 

Undress-coat  collars,  officers 159 

Cuff  buttons 156 

\ 


INDEX.  105 

D .  Paragraph. 

Decorations  forbidden 3, 26 

Departmental  devices 167 

Deserter's  clothing 59 

Designation  of  uniforms 70 

Devices,  departmental,  staff  officers 167 

Aids-de-camp 166 

Devices,  corps: 

Epaulets 158 

Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  Branch) 311-312-313-315 

Undress-coat  collars 159 

Field-coat  collars ' 160 

Caps  and  hats 161, 162,  203 

Saddlecloths 163, 164 

Dinner  aboard  ship,  uniform  for 21 

Division  officers'  duties 62 

Drawers,  enlisted  men 209 

Dress  cap,  enlisted  men 197,  278 

Leader  of  band 277 

Second  leader  of  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians 278 

Dress  coat,  enlisted  men 186 

Leader  of  band 246 

Second  leader  of  band 247 

Musicians 248 

Drum  major 249 

Dress,  Marine  Band : 238 

Dress  saddlecloth 179, 180 

Dress  trousers,  enlisted  men 191,  263-265 

Leader  of  band 263 

Second  leader  of  band  and  drum  major 264 

Musicians 265 

Dress  uniform,  enlisted  men 185,  238 

Drummers'  design 231,  233 

Drum,  drumsticks,  drum  slings 224 

Dungarees 51-54,  91,  212 

E. 

Epaulets 139-141 

Leader  of  band 285 

F. 

Field  breeches,  enlisted  men 196,  267,  268 

Officers 122, 123 

Field  cap,  enlisted  men 200,  282 

Officers 136, 137 

Summer,  leader  of  band 283 

Winter,  leader  of  band 281 

Second  leader  of  band,  drum  major,  musicians 282 

Field-cap  cover,  enlisted  men 199,  284 

Second  leader  of  band,  drum  major,  musicians 284 

Field  coat,  summer,  officers 103 

Enlisted  men , 187,  252 

Leader  of  band 251 

Field  coat,  winter,  officers 104 

Enlisted  men 188,  254 

Leader  of  band . .  253 


106  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Field  dress,  when  worn 64,  68,  69 

Summer,  officers 94 

Enlisted  men 185,  238 

Winter,  officers ; 94 

Enlisted  men 185,  238 

Field  hat,  enlisted  men 201,  281,  282 

Officers 138 

Field  saddlecloth 181 

Field  scarf,  officers 171 

Field  trousers,  summer,  enlisted  men 194,  271 

Winter,  enlisted  men 195,  269,  270 

Summer,  officers 118 

Winter,  officers 119 

Fitness  reports,  uniform .' 1 

Flannel  shirt,  enlisted  men 190 

Officers 110 

Foreign  ports,  uniforms  in 14 

Full  dress,  officers '. 94 

Marine  band 238 

Full-dress  belt  plate,  officers 150 

Full-dress  breeches,  officers 120 

Full-dress  cap,  leader  of  band 274 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 275 

Drum  major 276 

Officers 126, 127, 128 

Full-dress  coat,  line  officers 96 

Major  General  Commandant 95 

Staff  officers 98 

Leader  of  band 242 

Second  leader  of  band 243 

Musicians 244 

Drum  major 245 

Full-dress  sword  belt,  officers 149 

Full-dress  trousers,  officers 112, 113, 114 

Leader  of  band 260 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 261 

Drum  major 262 

G. 

Geneva  cross 36 

Gloves,  enlisted  men 213 

Officers 168 

When  worn 76 

Gold  laces 157 

Gunpointers'  badges 234 

H. 

Hat,  field,  enlisted  men 201,  281,  282 

Officers 138 

Hair  and  beard I 32 

Haversack 218,  304 

Headgear 47 

Headquarters,  United  States  Marine  Corps,  civilian  clothes  worn 16 

Horse  equipment 177-182 


INDEX.  107 

Paragraph. 

Insignia  of  rank,  officers 165 

Insignia,  target,  navy  course 234  (a) 

J. 

Jersey 4] ,  42 

Jeweiry 26 

K. 

Knapsack 218,  301 

Knife  lanyards 34 

Knives 33 

L. 

Laces,  gold 157 

Landing  force,  uniform 22-24 

Lanyards,  knife 34 

Leader  of  band,  sword  and  belts 82 

Leggings,  enlisted  men 217 

Officers 175 

When  worn 22-24 

List  of  uniform  and  equipment  required,  officers 182 

M. 

Mackintosh 29 

Marking  clothing  and  equipment 1 236,  237 

Marine  Band,  uniforms 238-300 

Medals  and  badges 27 

Medical  Reserve  Corps\  uniforms 7 

Mess  dress,  officers 94 

Mess-dress  trousers,  white,  officers ]]6 

Mess  jacket,  blue 99 

White 100 

Messmen's  uniform 40 

Militia,  Naval  (Marine  Corps  branch) 307,  308,  309,  310,  311,  312,  313,  314,  315 

Mixed  uniforms  not  allowed 15 

Mourning  badge 31 

N. 

Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  blanch) '. 307 

Navy  Department,  civilian  clothes,  worn 16^ 

Necktie,  officers 170* 

Nonregulation  clothing 14 

O. 

Occasions  for  each  uniform,  officers 64 

Enlisted  men 68 

Officer  of  the  day  to  wear  sword 74 

Officer  of  the  guard  to  wear  sword 74 

Overcoat,  enlisted  men. 189,  256 

Leader  of  band 255 

Officers 105 

Roll..  301 


108  INDEX. 

p 

Paragraph. 

Pajamas,  enlisted  men 211 

Patent-leather  shoes 72 

Pistols,  how  worn 25 

Ponchos 216 

Promotion,  when  uniform  to  be  changed 10 

Q. 

Quartermaster  sergeant's  belt  and  sword 83 

R. 

Rain  cape  (for  Marine  Band) 300  (a) 

Raincoat 107 

Rain  clothes,  enlisted  men 214 

Rank  insignia,  officers 165 

Recruits,  how  fitted  out 92 

Regulations  to  be  posted 63 

Retired  officers,  uniforms  of 12,  80 

Ribbons  of  medals  and  badges 27 

Rifle  sling 87 

Roll,  blanket 302-305 

S. 

Saddle 177 

Saddlecloths 179-181 

Sash 147, 148 

Scarf,  field,  officers 171 

Senior  officer  present: 

Authorizes  uniform  on  promotion 10 

Fixes  uniform  of  day 18 

Sergeant 's  belt  and  sword 84 

Sergeant  major's  belt  and  sword 83 

Service  stripes 235 

Shako,  drum  major 276 

Shirt,  flannel,  enlisted  men 190 

Officers 110 

Shirt  studs 156 

Shirt,  white .- 109 

Shoes,  enlisted  men 204,  205 

Officers 173 

Patent  leather 72 

When  worn 44 

White 73 

Shoulder  knots,  officers 142, 143 

I/eader  of  band 286 

Second  leader  of  band  and  drum  major 287 

Musicians 288 

Sick-list  badge 35 

Signals  for  uniforms 70 

Sleeve  designs,  officers 97,  98 

Socks,  enlisted  men 206 

Officers 173 

Special  full  dress,  Marine  Band 238 

Officers...  94 


INDEX.  109 

Paragraph. 

Special  full-dress  cap,  leader  of  band 272 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 273 

Special  full-dress  coat,  leader  of  band 239 

Second  leader  of  band 240 

Musicians 241 

Special  full-dress  trousers,  leader  of  band 258 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 259 

Officers Ill 

Spurs 176 

Staff  department  devices ' 167 

S  tandard  samples 57 

Stripes,  service 235 

Summer  field  breeches,  officers 122 

Summer  field  cap,  leader  of  band 283 

Officers :..' .........  136 

Summer  field-cap  cover,  enlisted  men 199,  284 

Summer  field-cap  cover,  second  leader  of  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians. . .  284 
Summer  field  coat: 

Enlisted  men 187,  252 

Leader  of  band 251 

Officers 103 

Summer  field  dress,  enlisted  men : 185,  238 

Officers 94 

Summer  field  trousers,  enlisted  men 194,  271 

Officers ' 118 

Suspended  officers,  not  to  wear  uniform 13 

Suspenders,  enlisted  men 210 

Sword,  officers 154 

Leader  of  band . 292 

Second  leader  of  band  and  drum  major 293 

In  the  field 25,  88 

Noncommissioned  officers 219-220 

When  and  how  worn 25 

When  worn 74,  75 

Sword  belt,  full  dress,  officers 149, 

Leader  of  band 289 

Sword  belt,  undress  and  field,  officers 151 

Undress,  leader  of  band 290 

Sword  and  belt,  leader  of  band 82 

Sword  knot,  full  dress 152 

Undress 153 

Leader  of  band 291 

T. 

Table  of  occasions G4 

Torpedo-boat  uniform 5,  54 

Trousers  belt,  officers 172 

Enlisted  men 207 

Trousers,  full  dress,  officers 112 

Leader  of  band -. 260 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 261 

Drum  major 262 


110  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Trousers,  dress,  enlisted  men 191, 192, 263-265 

Leader  of  band 263 

Second  leader  of  band  and  drum  major 264 

Musicians 265 

Trousers,  special  full  dress,  officers Ill 

Leader  of  band 258 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 259 

Trousers,  summer  field,  officers 118 

Enlisted  men 194, 271 

Trousers,  undress,  officers 115 

White,  enlisted  men 193, 266 

Leader  and  second  leader  of  band,  drum  major,  and  musicians 266 

White,  mess  dress,  officers 116 

Trousers,  winter  field,  officers 119 

Enlisted  men •. 195, 269, 270 

Leader  of  band 269 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 270 

Trumpet  and  cord 224 

Trumpeter's  design 232-233 

Trunk  locker,  to  whom  issued 306 

U. 

Underclothing • , 46 

Undershirts,  enlisted  men 208 

Undress,  officers 94 

Undress  breeches,  officers 121 

Undress  cap,  officers 129, 130, 131 

Undress  coat,  officers 101, 102 

Undress  coat,  white,  leader  of  band 250 

Undress  sword  belt,  officers 151 

Undress  trousers,  officers 115 

Undress  trousers,  white,  officers '. 117 

Uniform,  A,  B,  C 65 

Army,  Navy,  and  Marine  Corps  together 65-67 

And  equipment  required,  officers 182-184 

Naval  Militia  (Marine  Corps  branch) 308,  309,  310,  311-313 

Allowance  of 308 

Optional 310 

Required,  officers 309 

Enlisted  men 314, 315 

Of  the  day,  designation  of 70 

Of  the  day,  how  fixed 18 

Required  by  enlisted  men , 90 

Required  by  officers 182 

When  it  must  fte  worn 20 

W. 

Waistcoat,  mess  dress 108 

White  breeches 122 

White  cap,  officers 132-135 

Leader  of  band i 279 

Band 280 

Cover,  enlisted  men 198,  280 


INDEX.  HI 

Paragraph. 

White  full  dress,  officers 94 

White  special  full  dress,  officers 94 

White  House  aids,  to  wear  aiguillettes 79 

White  House  uniforms 66 

White  mess-dress  trousers,  officers 116 

White  shirt 109 

White  shoes 73,173 

White  special  full  dress,  officers 94 

White  trousers,  enlisted  men 193,  266 

Leader  and  second  leader  of  band,  drum  major,  musicians 266 

White  undress,  officers 94 

White  undress  coat,  officers 102 

Leader  of  band 250 

White  undress  trousers,  officers 117 

Winter  field  breeches,  officers 123 

Enlisted  men '. 196,267,268 

Winter  field  cap,  officers 137 

Enlisted  men 200 

Leader  of  band 281 

Second  leader,  drum  major,  musicians 282 

Winter  field  coat,  officers 104 

Enlisted  men 188,  254 

Leader  of  band 253 

Winter  field  trousers,  officers 119 

Enlisted  men 195,  269,  270 

Leader  of  band 269 

Second  leader  of  band  and  musicians 270 

Winter  field  dress,  officers 94 

Enlisted  men 185,  238 

Winter  storm  cap,  enlisted  men 202 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 

75  CENTS  PER  COPY 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(415)642-6233 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days 

prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


fl-g  1989 


LD  21-95 


»»-7.'37 


YC 1 05572 


363273 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


